Commit graph

22467 commits

Author SHA1 Message Date
Andreas Tobler
7cea3d952b On the Xserve G5 we find the LM75 instead of the DS1775. The core
functionality is the same, a difference is that the DS1775 has a better
precision than the LM75. But we do not use it in our setup. Make the
LM75 work the same as the DS1775.

Fix a typo in device_set_desc.

Tested by: Paul Mather <paul at gromit dlib vt edu>

Approved by:	nwhitehorn (mentor)
2010-12-10 20:27:50 +00:00
Tijl Coosemans
61faa8d87d Use SYS_RES_IOPORT instead of PCIM_CMD_PORTEN when calling pci_enable_io.
Approved by:	kib (mentor)
2010-12-10 15:05:49 +00:00
Joerg Wunsch
933be1f00c Fix __retval vs. retval confusion: retval is meant to store the (userland)
pointer where data is to be returned by ibask() (currently unimplemented),
while __retval holds the value returned by the libgpib ibfoo() functions.

The confusion resulted in the ibfoo() functions returning an uninitialized
value except in situations where the GPIB activity has been terminated
abnormally.

MFC after:	3 days
2010-12-10 14:04:41 +00:00
Alexander Motin
ee65f30a14 Add IDs of HighPoint RocketRAID 62x cards (Marvell 88SE9128 chips).
PR:		kern/152926
Submitted by:	Mike Tancsa <mike@sentex.net>
MFC after:	1 week
2010-12-08 20:35:20 +00:00
Attilio Rao
cb1f5a37e9 Use convenience macro for minimum and maximum value capping when
re-arming the watchdog timeout.

Sponsored by:	Sandvine Incorporated
Submitted by:	Mark Johnston <mjohnston at sandvine dot com>
Reviewed by:	des
MFC after:	10 days
2010-12-08 15:32:54 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
65c12bf571 r184610 changed the way how TX frames are handled on AX88178 and
AX88772 controllers. ASIX added a new feature for AX88178/AX88772
controllers which allows combining multiple TX frames into a single
big frame. This was to overcome one of USB limitation where it
can't generate more than 8k interrupts/sec which in turn means USB
ethernet controllers can not send more than 8k packets per second.
Using ASIX's feature greatly enhanced TX performance(more than 3~4
times) compared to 7.x driver. However it seems r184610 removed
boundary checking for buffered frames which in turn caused
instability issues under certain conditions. In addition, using
ASIX's feature triggered another issue which made USB controller
hang under certain conditions. Restarting ethernet controller
didn't help under this hang condition and unplugging and replugging
the controller was the only solution. I believe there is a silicon
bug in TX frame combining feature on AX88178/AX88772 controllers.

To address these issues, reintroduce the boundary checking for both
AX88178 and AX88772 after copying a frame to USB buffer and do not
use ASIX's multiple frame combining feature. Instead, use USB
controller's multi-frame transmit capability to enhance TX
performance as suggested by Hans[1].
This should fix a long standing axe(4) instability issues reported
on AX88772 and AX88178 controllers. While I'm here remove
unnecessary TX frame length check since upper stack always
guarantee the size of a frame to be less than MCLBYTES.

Special thanks to Derrick Brashear who tried numerous patches
during last 4 months and waited real fix with patience. Without
this enthusiastic support, patience and H/W donation I couldn't fix
it since I was not able to trigger the issue on my box.

Suggested by:	hselasky [1]
Tested by:	Derrick Brashear (shadow <> gmail dot com>
H/W donated by:	Derrick Brashear (shadow <> gmail dot com>
PR:		usb/140883
2010-12-08 01:24:05 +00:00
Weongyo Jeong
6e3cb00068 Introduces IFF_CANTCONFIG interface flag to point that the interface
isn't configurable in a meaningful way.  This is for ifconfig(8) or
other tools not to change code whenever IFT_USB-like interfaces are
registered at the interface list.

Reviewed by:	brooks
No objections:	gavin, jkim
2010-12-07 20:23:47 +00:00
Ed Maste
0c761ee78d Add a comment to clarify that some BIOSes may clear the hw watchdog
indicator bit, preventing us from reporting in that case.

X-MFC-with:	r215868
2010-12-07 19:18:00 +00:00
John Baldwin
4a588c1ba7 Use proper resource ID's for HPET IRQ resources. This mostly consists of
looking to see if there is an existing IRQ resource for a given IRQ
provided by the BIOS and using that RID if so.  Otherwise, allocate a new
RID for the new IRQ.

Reviewed by:	mav (a while ago)
2010-12-07 18:49:11 +00:00
Hans Petter Selasky
0e777d8457 Re-add a status check which sneaked out during r214804.
This change can fix some USB error messages showing up
during bootup.

MFC after:	3 days
Approved by:	thompsa (mentor)
2010-12-07 08:20:20 +00:00
Colin Percival
518c824362 Set correct maximum I/O length. We can only handle I/O of up to
max_request_segments * PAGE_SIZE if the I/O is page-aligned; the
largest I/O we can guarantee will work is PAGE_SIZE less than that.
This unbreaks 'diskinfo -t'.
2010-12-06 20:40:15 +00:00
Bernhard Schmidt
3934c8a53f Fix scanning after loosing a connection. The firmware assumes that as long
as an association ID is set any scan is supposed to be a background scan.
This implies that the firmware will switch back to the associated channel
after a certain threshold, though, we are not notified about that. We
currently catch this case by a timer which will reset the firmware after
a 'scan timeout', though, upper layers are not notified about that and
will simply hang until manual intervention. Fix this by resetting the
firmware's knowledge about any association on RUN -> ASSOC and
!INIT -> SCAN transitions.

Tested by:	Zhihao Yuan <lichray at gmail.com>
MFC after:	1 week
2010-12-06 19:05:44 +00:00
Bernhard Schmidt
1b6b62c900 Fixes for monitor mode:
- Do not call iwn_calib_reset() for monitor mode. We do not want to query
  information and do runtime calibration while in monitor mode. Poking the
  firmware with adjustments for calibration results in firmware asserts.
  This could happened on RUN -> RUN transition only.
- Adjust blink rate for monitor mode. It's supposed to not freak out and
  turn off after a while.
- While here, remove one useless assignment of calib.state, it gets
  overwritten later in the function.

Submitted by:	Brandon Gooch <jamesbrandongooch at gmail.com>
MFC after:	1 week
2010-12-06 18:28:39 +00:00
John Baldwin
6074a71604 When masking direct and processor devices during an inquiry, properly
preserve the upper bits of the first data byte.

Reviewed by:	scottl
MFC after:	1 week
2010-12-06 17:06:21 +00:00
John Baldwin
b596082ba7 When masking direct and processor devices during an inquiry, properly
preserve the upper bits of the first data byte.

While here, shorten a few nearby lines.

PR:		kern/152768
Reported by:	Sascha Wildner  saw of online.de
Reviewed by:	scottl
MFC after:	1 week
2010-12-06 17:02:56 +00:00
Kevin Lo
7df9d5acad Fix double ;; 2010-12-06 10:24:06 +00:00
Bernhard Schmidt
2d5c617a52 For 6000 series and newer devices the DC calibration results are no
longer requested of the boot firmware. Instead of sending those results
to the runtime firmware the firmware is told to do the DC calibration
itself.

MFC after:	1 week
2010-12-05 09:00:32 +00:00
Jack F Vogel
1ce42f7249 Correct build error. 2010-12-04 06:38:21 +00:00
Jack F Vogel
aa8dea58c6 Remove the bogus test in the TX context setup for IPV6,
the size can be smaller than the constant when you are
doing HW TAGGING, and you still need to process this
packet in a normal way. I'm not sure where the notion
to just return came from, but its wrong.

MFC after: 3 days
2010-12-04 02:04:02 +00:00
Jack F Vogel
9d43b64dbf Small cut and paste bug in flow control string fixed.
Second, correct the discard/refresh_mbufs code to behave
more like igb, there have been panics due to discards and
this should fix them.

MFC after: 3 days
2010-12-04 01:59:58 +00:00
Jack F Vogel
43fcb978a7 This small little change is a bug that drove me nuts
finding. The test to compare the mbuf m_len against
a fixed value and then returning needs to be removed.

When using VLANS and doing HW_TAGGING, and IPV6, the
ICMP6 packets actually fail this condition, the constant
assumes that the tag is IN the frame, and its not, so
the length is actually tiny. Furthermore, I'm not sure
what the point was to just return??

MFC after: 3 days
2010-12-04 01:43:38 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
6e854927d1 If RX lockup workaround is enabled, fxp(4) will periodically reset
the controller to workaround silicon bug of i82557. Each reset will
re-establish link which in turn triggers MII status change
callback. The callback will try to reconfigure controller if the
controller is not i82557 to enable flow-control. This caused
endless link UP/DOWN when the workaround was enabled on non-i82557
controller.

To fix the issue, apply RX lockup workaround only for i82557.
Previously it blindly checked undocumented EEPROM location such
that it sometimes enabled the workaround for other controllers. At
this time, only i82557 is known to have the silicon bug.
This fixes a regression introduced in r215906 which enabled flow
control support for all controllers except i82557.

Reported by:	Karl Denninger (karl <> denninger dot net)
Tested by:	Karl Denninger (karl <> denninger dot net)
MFC after:	3 days
2010-12-02 03:53:29 +00:00
Weongyo Jeong
b172e30376 Explicitly UP and DOWN the usbus interfaces (IFT_USB) when it's attached
or detached.  Normally it should be changed through user land ioctl(2)
system calls but it looks there's no apps for USB and no need.

With this patch, libpcap would detect the usbus interfaces correctly and
tcpdump(1) could dump the USB packets into PCAP format with -w option.
However it couldn't print the output to console because there's no
printer-routine at tcpdump(1).
2010-12-01 03:51:06 +00:00
Kenneth D. Merry
06e794928b Add Serial Management Protocol (SMP) passthrough support to CAM.
This includes support in the kernel, camcontrol(8), libcam and the mps(4)
driver for SMP passthrough.

The CAM SCSI probe code has been modified to fetch Inquiry VPD page 0x00
to determine supported pages, and will now fetch page 0x83 in addition to
page 0x80 if supported.

Add two new CAM CCBs, XPT_SMP_IO, and XPT_GDEV_ADVINFO.  The SMP CCB is
intended for SMP requests and responses.  The ADVINFO is currently used to
fetch cached VPD page 0x83 data from the transport layer, but is intended
to be extensible to fetch other types of device-specific data.

SMP-only devices are not currently represented in the CAM topology, and so
the current semantics are that the SIM will route SMP CCBs to either the
addressed device, if it contains an SMP target, or its parent, if it
contains an SMP target.  (This is noted in cam_ccb.h, since it will change
later once we have the ability to have SMP-only devices in CAM's topology.)

smp_all.c,
smp_all.h:		New helper routines for SMP.  This includes
			SMP request building routines, response parsing
			routines, error decoding routines, and structure
			definitions for a number of SMP commands.

libcam/Makefile:	Add smp_all.c to libcam, so that SMP functionality
			is available to userland applications.

camcontrol.8,
camcontrol.c:		Add smp passthrough support to camcontrol.  Several
			new subcommands are now available:

			'smpcmd' functions much like 'cmd', except that it
			allows the user to send generic SMP commands.

			'smprg' sends the SMP report general command, and
			displays the decoded output.  It will automatically
			fetch extended output if it is available.

			'smppc' sends the SMP phy control command, with any
			number of potential options.  Among other things,
			this allows the user to reset a phy on a SAS
			expander, or disable a phy on an expander.

			'smpmaninfo' sends the SMP report manufacturer
			information and displays the decoded output.

			'smpphylist' displays a list of phys on an
			expander, and the CAM devices attached to those
			phys, if any.

cam.h,
cam.c:			Add a status value for SMP errors
			(CAM_SMP_STATUS_ERROR).

			Add a missing description for CAM_SCSI_IT_NEXUS_LOST.

			Add support for SMP commands to cam_error_string().

cam_ccb.h:		Rename the CAM_DIR_RESV flag to CAM_DIR_BOTH.  SMP
			commands are by nature bi-directional, and we may
			need to support bi-directional SCSI commands later.

			Add the XPT_SMP_IO CCB.  Since SMP commands are
			bi-directional, there are pointers for both the
			request and response.

			Add a fill routine for SMP CCBs.

			Add the XPT_GDEV_ADVINFO CCB.  This is currently
			used to fetch cached page 0x83 data from the
			transport later, but is extensible to fetch many
			other types of data.

cam_periph.c:		Add support in cam_periph_mapmem() for XPT_SMP_IO
			and XPT_GDEV_ADVINFO CCBs.

cam_xpt.c:		Add support for executing XPT_SMP_IO CCBs.

cam_xpt_internal.h:	Add fields for VPD pages 0x00 and 0x83 in struct
			cam_ed.

scsi_all.c:		Add scsi_get_sas_addr(), a function that parses
			VPD page 0x83 data and pulls out a SAS address.

scsi_all.h:		Add VPD page 0x00 and 0x83 structures, and a
			prototype for scsi_get_sas_addr().

scsi_pass.c:		Add support for mapping buffers in XPT_SMP_IO and
			XPT_GDEV_ADVINFO CCBs.

scsi_xpt.c:		In the SCSI probe code, first ask the device for
			VPD page 0x00.  If any VPD pages are supported,
			that page is required to be implemented.  Based on
			the response, we may probe for the serial number
			(page 0x80) or device id (page 0x83).

			Add support for the XPT_GDEV_ADVINFO CCB.

sys/conf/files:		Add smp_all.c.

mps.c:			Add support for passing in a uio in mps_map_command(),
			so we can map a S/G list at once.

			Add support for SMP passthrough commands in
			mps_data_cb().  SMP is a special case, because the
			first buffer in the S/G list is outbound and the
			second buffer is inbound.

			Add support for warning the user if the busdma code
			comes back with more buffers than will work for the
			command.  This will, for example, help the user
			determine why an SMP command failed if busdma comes
			back with three buffers.

mps_pci.c:		Add sys/uio.h.

mps_sas.c:		Add the SAS address and the parent handle to the
			list of fields we pull from device page 0 and cache
			in struct mpssas_target.  These are needed for SMP
			passthrough.

			Add support for the XPT_SMP_IO CCB.  For now, this
			CCB is routed to the addressed device if it supports
			SMP, or to its parent if it does not and the parent
			does.  This is necessary because CAM does not
			currently support SMP-only nodes in the topology.

			Make SMP passthrough support conditional on
			__FreeBSD_version >= 900026.  This will make it
			easier to MFC this change to the driver without
			MFCing the CAM changes as well.

mps_user.c:		Un-staticize mpi_init_sge() so we can use it for
			the SMP passthrough code.

mpsvar.h:		Add a uio and iovecs into struct mps_command for
			SMP passthrough commands.

			Add a cm_max_segs field to struct mps_command so
			that we can warn the user if busdma comes back with
			too many segments.

			Clear the cm_reply when a command gets freed.  If
			it is not cleared, reply frames will eventually get
			freed into the pool multiple times and corrupt the
			pool.  (This fix is from scottl.)

			Add a prototype for mpi_init_sge().

sys/param.h:		Bump __FreeBSD_version to 900026 for the for the
			inclusion of the XPT_GDEV_ADVINFO and XPT_SMP_IO
			CAM CCBs.
2010-11-30 22:39:46 +00:00
Marius Strobl
978f2704bd - Remove the remaining support for older (in this case pre-7.0-RELEASE)
versions of FreeBSD. In fact we are already missing a lot of conditional
  code necessary to support older versions of FreeBSD, including alternatives
  for vital functionality not yet provided by the respective subsystem back
  then (see for example r199663). So this change shouldn't actually break
  this driver on versions of FreeBSD that were supported before. Besides,
  this driver also isn't maintained as an multi-release version outside of
  the main repository, so removing the conditional code shouldn't be a
  problem in that regard either.
- Sprinkle some more const on tables.
2010-11-30 21:08:59 +00:00
Jung-uk Kim
1658038ce7 Rename a variable to match scvidctl.c. 2010-11-30 17:34:15 +00:00
Jung-uk Kim
732e8e1632 Stop hardcoding default font size. 2010-11-30 17:32:28 +00:00
Jung-uk Kim
fd7a9ebcca Clean up code a bit to make it more readable. 2010-11-30 16:46:15 +00:00
Hans Petter Selasky
02c4024199 We need to define a cdev variable associated with each USB device,
hence existing applications like webcamd are expecting that.
This problem was introduced by SVN change 214221 where cdev=
was replaced by ugen= by accident. Solve this problem by
redefining cdev= in devd notifications.

MFC after 3 days.

Approved by:	thompsa (mentor)
2010-11-30 08:25:57 +00:00
Jung-uk Kim
82515b4f1f Clean up code a bit to make it more readable. 2010-11-29 22:20:44 +00:00
Jung-uk Kim
0cb06f72d5 Honor font size for the video mode when default fonts are compiled in kernel
and VESA mode is enabled from loader.
2010-11-29 22:19:19 +00:00
MIHIRA Sanpei Yoshiro
54de08a963 Add new device ids.
Buffalo (Melco Inc.) WLI-UC-G

PR:		141777
2010-11-29 15:08:18 +00:00
Gavin Atkinson
f6fa0b2b95 Support the Falcom Twist USB GSM/GPRS modem in uftdi(4)
PR:		usb/151862
Submitted by:	Alessandro de Manzano <demanzano dqmicro.it>
MFC after:	1 week
2010-11-29 08:17:44 +00:00
Marius Strobl
1510a2b019 Several chipset drivers alter parameters relevant for the DMA tag creation,
i.e. alignment, max_address, max_iosize and segsize (only max_address is
thought to have an negative impact regarding this issue though), after
calling ata_dmainit() either directly or indirectly so these values have
no effect or at least no effect on the DMA tags and the defaults are used
for the latter instead. So change the drivers to set these parameters
up-front and ata_dmainit() to honor them.

Reviewd by:	mav
MFC after:	1 month
2010-11-28 18:53:29 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
45b0a3494d Add initial AX88772A support.
H/W donated by:	Derrick Brashear (shadow <> gmail dot com)
2010-11-28 01:56:44 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
8c09fbe458 Introduce new macro AXE_IS_178_FAMILY and AXE_IS_772. Include
AX88772A and AX88772B for future extension. While here add TX
buffer size for 178 family controllers.
2010-11-28 01:43:28 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
ff5fbbc49b Do full controller initialization in axe_reset() for controllers
that require special configuration from EEPROM. This will put
controllers into known sane state.
2010-11-28 01:16:37 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
d743bdd2f6 Make sure to change to currently selected media. 2010-11-28 01:03:06 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
0369b60472 Do not reinitialize controller if it's already running. 2010-11-28 01:00:39 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
675c1ae83d Move axe_reset() to axe_init(). 2010-11-28 00:57:48 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
6dd81ec722 Apply GPIO configuration for all CICADA PHYs.
While I'm here show selected phymode to ease of debugging.
2010-11-28 00:52:02 +00:00
Matt Jacob
c4f65bca0b Partially revert 208119. We were overwriting tunable settings.
Obtained from:	Oleg Sharoyko
MFC after:	1 week
2010-11-27 20:33:08 +00:00
Alexander Motin
8a1d183fb7 Do hard reset before soft reset for SATA channels. Soft reset reported to be
not enough to restore device readiness in some situations.

Tested by: 	Roger Hammerstein <cheeky.m@live.com> on ServerWorks HT1000.
2010-11-27 07:03:31 +00:00
Jack F Vogel
f0fe67b43c Interrupt handler, and stats changes from Michael Tuexen,
thanks Michael!
2010-11-27 01:34:09 +00:00
Marius Strobl
12d314a661 Allow pause support advertisement to be turned off again.
Submitted by:	yongari (ip1000phy(4))
2010-11-27 01:26:59 +00:00
Ed Maste
84fe19c742 Fix build by correcting function name. Pointed out by dougb. 2010-11-27 00:26:19 +00:00
Jack F Vogel
38104ecc27 and the header... 2010-11-27 00:00:33 +00:00
Jack F Vogel
aa26851c4f A couple fixes got clobbered, putting them back. 2010-11-26 23:57:13 +00:00
Jack F Vogel
1a4e34498c Update ixgbe driver to verion 2.3.6
- This adds a VM SRIOV interface, ixv, it is however
	  transparent to the user, it links with the ixgbe.ko,
	  but when ixgbe is loaded in a virtualized guest with
	  SRIOV configured this will be detected.
	- Sync shared code to latest
	- Many bug fixes and improvements, thanks to everyone
	  who has been using the driver and reporting issues.
2010-11-26 22:46:32 +00:00
Jack F Vogel
f4b4ba3ed2 Unwanted extra call to set_vlan_hw added back by mistake. 2010-11-26 22:36:47 +00:00
Marius Strobl
1845b5c37b Fix and implement missing parts of flow control support. This also removes
the dev.fxp.%d.noflow tunable as the same effect can now be achieved with
ifconfig(8) by setting the flowcontrol media option as desired (besides
the tunable never having a chance to actually enable flow control support
so far).
In joint forces with:	yongari
2010-11-26 21:52:33 +00:00
Marius Strobl
60c1e4c405 Ensure Bay flow control is disabled as we're going to use IEEE 802.3 annex
31B full duplex flow control instead.
2010-11-26 21:41:42 +00:00
Attilio Rao
fe4424cbbd - Advertise when the reboot came from a watchdog-induced reset.
- Fix a bug where TCO_BOOT_STS was supposed to be cleared after
  TCO_SECOND_TO_STS and not before.

Sponsored by:	Sandvine Incorporated
Submitted by:	Mark Johnston <mjohnston at sandvine dot com>
Reviewed by:	des
MFC after:	10 days
2010-11-26 15:35:08 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
9f4e8f4601 Enable ethernet flow-control on all alc(4) controllers. This change
should reduce a lot of dropped frames under high network load.
2010-11-26 02:10:56 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
fc519a189b Enable ethernet flow-control on all jme(4) controllers. 2010-11-26 02:01:16 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
7bcbe6cb58 Allocate 1 MSI/MSI-X vector. Originally jme(4) was designed to
support multi-queue but the hardware limitation made it hard to
implement supporting multi-queue. Allocating more than necessary
vectors is resource waste and it can be added back when we
implement multi-queue support.
2010-11-26 01:58:25 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
cd96c3c984 Disable retrying RX descriptor loading. The counter is used to set
number of retry to be performed whenever controller found RX
descriptor was empty. RX empty interrupt is generated only when the
retry counter is over. Experimentation shows retrying RX descriptor
loading increased number of dropped frames under flow-control
enabled environments so disable it and have controller generate RX
empty interrupt as fast as it can.
While I'm here fix RXCSR_DESC_RT_CNT macro.
2010-11-26 01:48:29 +00:00
Weongyo Jeong
b443638277 Removes a unused function `usb_bus_find'. 2010-11-25 22:56:26 +00:00
Brian Somers
86e38263d2 Don't zero 'Info' after setting it up in the ASR_IOCTL_COMPAT case.
MFC after:	2 days
2010-11-25 21:51:43 +00:00
John Baldwin
9d76324839 Add device IDs for two more ServerWorks Host-PCI bridges so that we can
read their starting PCI bus number for older systems that do not support
ACPI (or have a broken _BBN method).

PR:		kern/148108
MFC after:	1 week
2010-11-25 15:42:33 +00:00
Weongyo Jeong
fe1c24e3d6 Handles the unit number correctly that the previous commit had a problem
(wrong unit number for a host controller) when the module is load /
unloaded repeatly.  Attaching the USB pf is moved to usbus device's
attach.

Pointed by:	yongari
2010-11-25 03:30:43 +00:00
Weongyo Jeong
537e254f0a Assigning the unit number for each interfaces could not use ubus->parent
because it could differ depending on the host controller type.  It could
lead the duplicate unit number assignment.
2010-11-25 03:02:53 +00:00
Jack F Vogel
12203744da The purpose of this change is to add a routine to
disable ASPM L0S and L1 LINK states on 82573, 82574,
and 82583. The theory is that this is behind certain
hangs being experienced by some customers.

Also included a small optimization in the rxeof routine
that was in my internal code.

Change the PBA size for pchlan, it was incorrect.

MFC after: 3 days
2010-11-24 22:24:07 +00:00
Weongyo Jeong
10798b4875 Fixes a compiler warning when it's compiled with INVARIANTS.
Pointy hat to:	me
2010-11-24 21:43:36 +00:00
Weongyo Jeong
e376f9c3e7 Removes all duplicated code with BPF that it's greatly simplified and
take all benefits whenever BPF code is improved.

Pointed by:	jkim
Reviewed by:	thompsa
2010-11-24 19:11:32 +00:00
Jack F Vogel
ffdb071a24 Add shared code glue for new 82580 devices. 2010-11-24 01:13:55 +00:00
Jack F Vogel
46b9f1ff9f - New 82580 devices supported
- Fixes from John Baldwin: vlan shadow tables made per/interface,
  make vlan hw setup only happen when capability enabled, and
  finally, make a tuneable interrupt rate. Thanks John!
- Tweaked watchdog handling to avoid any false positives, now
  detection is in the TX clean path, with only the final check
  and init happening in the local timer.
- limit queues to 8 for all devices, with 82576 or 82580 on
  larger machines it can get greater than this, and it seems
  mostly a resource waste to do so. Even 8 might be high but
  it can be manually reduced.
- use 2k, 4k and now 9k clusters based on the MTU size.
- rework the igb_refresh_mbuf() code, its important to
  make sure the descriptor is rewritten even when reusing
  mbufs since writeback clobbers things.

MFC: in a few days, this delta needs to get to 8.2
2010-11-23 22:12:02 +00:00
Marius Strobl
e0fe5c6dd3 - Sprinkle const on tables.
- Remove an alpha remnant.
- Minor comment and style fixes.
2010-11-23 21:09:42 +00:00
Weongyo Jeong
3c0efe7424 Fixes a kernel crash when usb module is reloaded after unload that it
didn't destroy the cdev properly.

Pointy hat to:	me
Reported by:	Brandon Gooch <jamesbrandongooch at gmail dot com>, jkim
2010-11-23 20:23:25 +00:00
Nick Hibma
294fe04afc Make the Huawei E1820 work (Emile Coetzee).
Shorten the descriptive strings for Huawei devices. The vendor or
operator name should not be included in the device name.

Submitted by:	Emile Coetzee
MFC after:	3 days
2010-11-23 08:15:14 +00:00
Alexander Motin
96ecb95ed9 Fix small typo.
Submitted by:	Artem Belevich
2010-11-22 23:04:25 +00:00
Marius Strobl
9a68cbd33d - Fix and enable support for flow control.
- Partially revert r172334; as it turns out the DELAYs in gem_reset_{r,t}x()
  are actually necessary although bus space barriers and gem_bitwait() are
  used, otherwise the controller may trigger an IOMMU errors on at least
  sparc64. This is in line with what Linux and OpenSolaris do.
2010-11-22 22:13:26 +00:00
Marius Strobl
36334c57d9 - Fix and enable support for flow control.
- Fix compilation with CAS_DEBUG defined.
2010-11-22 22:06:30 +00:00
Marius Strobl
a16ce54ca6 - Also probe BCM5214 and BCM5222.
- Add some DSP init code for BCM5221. The values derived from Apple's GMAC
  driver and the same init code also exists in Linux's sungem_phy driver.
- Only read media status bits when they are valid.

Obtained from:	NetBSD, OpenBSD
2010-11-22 22:03:11 +00:00
Jung-uk Kim
f68ff88c87 Resume critical PCI devices (and their children) first, then everything else
later.  This give us better chance to catch device driver problems.
2010-11-22 21:58:00 +00:00
Marius Strobl
4b9b1e1163 Add support for flow control.
Obtained from:	NetBSD (partially)
2010-11-22 21:24:29 +00:00
Marius Strobl
b84d962610 Given that unlike f.e. rgephy(4) these drivers doen't explicitly start an
autonegotiation along with manual media selection and also only report flow
control status when BMCR_AUTOEN is set (at least with gentbi(4) determining
the flow control status results in false-positives when not set), use
MIIF_NOMANPAUSE.
2010-11-22 21:20:11 +00:00
Marius Strobl
1aeedb9617 Given that unlike f.e. rgephy(4) this driver doesn't explicitly start an
autonegotiation along with manual media selection and ukphy_status() also
only reports flow control status when BMCR_AUTOEN is set (at least with
gentbi(4) determining the flow control status results in false-positives
when not set), use MIIF_NOMANPAUSE.
2010-11-22 21:13:42 +00:00
Marius Strobl
7a05baaebe Add missing newlines.
MFC after:	3 days
2010-11-22 20:57:44 +00:00
Andrew Gallatin
4ed8ca8f25 Fix a TSO checksum bug on mxge(4):
The Myri10GE NIC will assume all TSO frames contain partial checksum,
and will emit TSO segments with bad TCP checksums if a TSO frame
contains a full checksum.  The mxge driver takes care to make sure
that TSO is disabled when checksum offload is disabled for this
reason.  However, modules that modify packet contents (like pf) may
end up completing a checksum on a TSO frame, leading to the NIC emitting
TSO segments with bad checksums.

To workaround this, restore the partial checksum in the mxge driver
when we're fed a TSO frame with a full checksum.

Reported by: Bob Healey

MFC after:	3 days
2010-11-22 16:43:05 +00:00
Weongyo Jeong
18ec652552 Adds a USB packet filter feature to the stack that it could capture
packets which go through each USB host controllers.  Its implementations
are almost based on BPF code and very similar with it except it's
little bit customized for USB packet only.  The userland program
usbdump(8) would be committed soon.

Discussed with:	hps, thompsa, yongari
2010-11-22 01:11:28 +00:00
John Baldwin
d2014f5180 Various small typos and grammar nits in comments. 2010-11-18 22:17:20 +00:00
Alexander Motin
95e97044c7 Make ATA_CAM wrapper to report SATA power management capabilities to CAM to
make it configure device to initiate transitions if controller configured
to accept them. This makes hint.ata.X.pm_level=1 mode working.
2010-11-18 19:28:45 +00:00
Marius Strobl
bab85d8dcc Fix a bug introduced with r215298; when atphy_reset() is called from
atphy_attach() the current media has not been set, yet, leading to a
NULL-dereference in atphy_setmedia().

Submitted by:	jkim (initial version)
2010-11-18 17:58:59 +00:00
Alexander Motin
5c2a4ae217 Even if we are skipping SATA hard reset - set power management bits in
SControl register. This should make things consistent and help to avoid
unexpected PHY events that I've noticed in some cases on VIA controllers.
2010-11-18 11:58:17 +00:00
Alexander Motin
1f6aa21d47 Record that there is no devices if SATA reset found none. 2010-11-18 10:34:18 +00:00
Alexander Motin
ee597c8246 Some VIA SATA controllers provide access to non-standard SATA registers via
PCI config space. Use them to implement hot-plug and link speed reporting.
Tested on ASRock PV530 board with VX900 chipset.
2010-11-18 08:03:40 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
2f4fcd485d MCP55 is the only NVIDIA controller that supports VLAN tag
insertion/stripping and it also supports TSO over VLAN. Implement
TSO over VLAN support for MCP55 controller.

While I'm here clean up SIOCSIFCAP ioctl handler. Since nfe(4)
sets ifp capabilities based on various hardware flags in device
attach, there is no need to check hardware flags again in
SIOCSIFCAP ioctl handler. Also fix a bug which toggled both TX and
RX checksum offloading even if user requested either TX or RX
checksum configuration change.

Tested by:	Rob Farmer ( rfarmer <> predatorlabs dot net )
2010-11-17 18:09:02 +00:00
Alexander Motin
040545848d Add IDs for VIA VX900 chipset SATA controller.
(Missed part of r215428)
2010-11-17 17:52:04 +00:00
Alexander Motin
2cbfd42740 Add IDs for VIA VX900 chipset SATA controller.
MFC after:	1 week
2010-11-17 16:17:35 +00:00
Nathan Whitehorn
17a6d97402 Make drm(4) build, if not work reliably, on PowerPC. 2010-11-16 03:43:06 +00:00
Jung-uk Kim
8299c44bdd Restore the previous behaviour of substring match. 2010-11-15 23:38:52 +00:00
Jung-uk Kim
51460278cf Plug memory leakage introduced in r204989.
Reported by:	yongari
2010-11-15 23:13:25 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
b0630da9ad Plug memory leakage introduced in r215327.
Submitted by:	jkim
2010-11-15 22:05:08 +00:00
Marius Strobl
d0fae855ef Return from mii_attach() after calling bus_generic_attach(9) on the device_t
of the MAC driver in order to attach miibus(4) on the first pass instead of
falling through to also calling it on the device_t of miibus(4). The latter
code flow was intended to attach the PHY drivers the same way regardless of
whether it's the first or a repeated pass, modulo the bus_generic_attach()
call in miibus_attach() which shouldn't be there. However, it turned out
that these variants cause miibus(4) to be attached twice under certain
conditions when using MAC drivers as modules.

Submitted by:	yongari
MFC after:	3 days
2010-11-15 21:41:45 +00:00
Kevin Lo
7dc246bc0f Remove unused struct rue_type 2010-11-15 06:04:25 +00:00
Doug Barton
eb581844e4 Remove references to MAKEDEV(8) 2010-11-15 05:25:51 +00:00
Andrew Thompson
fcc8d2e17b Add the Sierra MC8700. 2010-11-15 02:27:01 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
64436f6e91 Add flow control for all re(4) controllers. re(4) controllers do
not provide any MAC configuration interface for resolved flow
control parameters. There is even no register that configures water
mark which will control generation of pause frames.
However enabling flow control surely enhanced performance a lot.
2010-11-15 00:06:19 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
aee0e78619 Add flow control for 3C905B and newer controllers. Note, these
controllers support RX pause only.

Reviewed by:	marius
2010-11-14 23:53:13 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
7e7a45ce6f P5N32-SLI PREMIUM from ASUSTeK is known to have MSI/MSI-X issue
such that nfe(4) does not work with MSI-X. When MSI-X support was
introduced, I remember MCP55 controller worked without problems so
the issue could be either PCI bridge or BIOS issue. But I also
noticed snd_hda(4) disabled MSI on all MCP55 chipset so I'm still
not sure this is generic issue of MCP55 chipset. If this was PCI
bridge issue we would have added it to a system wide black-list
table but it's not clear to me at this moment whether it was caused
by either broken BIOS or silicon bug of MCP55 chipset.

To workaround the issue, maintain a MSI/MSI-X black-list table in
driver and lookup base board manufacturer and product name from the
table before attempting to use MSI-X. If driver find an matching
entry, nfe(4) will not use MSI/MSI-X and fall back on traditional
INTx mode. This approach should be the last resort since it relies
on smbios and if another instance of MSI/MSI-X breakage is reported
with different maker/product, we may have to get the PCI bridge
black-listed instead of adding an new entry.

PR:	kern/152150
2010-11-14 23:37:43 +00:00
Dima Dorfman
b2e7926915 Add a special INIT product ID used by some models of the HUAWEI
K3765 datacard. After ejecting this device, it reappears using
the normal K3765 ID. It does not switch automatically

Reviewed by:	n_hibma
Obtained from:	OpenBSD
MFC after:	2 weeks
2010-11-14 23:05:57 +00:00
Marius Strobl
d6a4eec458 Use the correct variable for determining the verbosity level in mpt_lprtc().
While at it, fix the whitespace of that macro.

PR:		149502
Submitted by:	Andrew Boyer
MFC after:	1 week
2010-11-14 22:34:33 +00:00
Marius Strobl
fb772a6c98 Move the limiting of the PHY to 10/100 modes of operation due to limitations
of certain MAC models from brgphy(4) to bge(4) where it belongs. While at it,
update the list of models having that restriction to what OpenBSD uses, which
in turn seems to have obtained that information from the Linux tg3 driver.
2010-11-14 15:15:22 +00:00
Marius Strobl
78102c2f8b Remove redundant cases and a style(9) bug. 2010-11-14 14:25:04 +00:00
Marius Strobl
991ab941ee - Change these drivers to take advantage and use the generic IEEE 802.3
annex 31B full duplex flow control as well as the IFM_1000_T master
  support committed in r215297. For atphy(4) and jmphy(4) this includes
  changing these PHY drivers to no longer unconditionally advertise
  support for flow control but only if the selected media has IFM_FLOW
  set (or MIIF_FORCEPAUSE is set).
- Rename {atphy,jmphy}_auto() to {atphy,jmphy}_setmedia() as these handle
  other media types as well.

Reviewed by:	yongari (plus additional testing)
Obtained from:	NetBSD (partially), OpenBSD (partially)
MFC after:	2 weeks
2010-11-14 13:31:01 +00:00
Marius Strobl
efd4fc3fb3 o Flesh out the generic IEEE 802.3 annex 31B full duplex flow control
support in mii(4):
  - Merge generic flow control advertisement (which can be enabled by
    passing by MIIF_DOPAUSE to mii_attach(9)) and parsing support from
    NetBSD into mii_physubr.c and ukphy_subr.c. Unlike as in NetBSD,
    IFM_FLOW isn't implemented as a global option via the "don't care
    mask" but instead as a media specific option this. This has the
    following advantages:
    o allows flow control advertisement with autonegotiation to be
      turned on and off via ifconfig(8) with the default typically
      being off (though MIIF_FORCEPAUSE has been added causing flow
      control to be always advertised, allowing to easily MFC this
      changes for drivers that previously used home-grown support for
      flow control that behaved that way without breaking POLA)
    o allows to deal with PHY drivers where flow control advertisement
      with manual selection doesn't work or at least isn't implemented,
      like it's the case with brgphy(4), e1000phy(4) and ip1000phy(4),
      by setting MIIF_NOMANPAUSE
    o the available combinations of media options are readily available
      from the `ifconfig -m` output
  - Add IFM_FLOW to IFM_SHARED_OPTION_DESCRIPTIONS and IFM_ETH_RXPAUSE
    and IFM_ETH_TXPAUSE to IFM_SUBTYPE_ETHERNET_OPTION_DESCRIPTIONS so
    these are understood by ifconfig(8).
o Make the master/slave support in mii(4) actually usable:
  - Change IFM_ETH_MASTER from being implemented as a global option via
    the "don't care mask" to a media specific one as it actually is only
    applicable to IFM_1000_T to date.
  - Let mii_phy_setmedia() set GTCR_MAN_MS in IFM_1000_T slave mode to
    actually configure manually selected slave mode (like we also do in
    the PHY specific implementations).
  - Add IFM_ETH_MASTER to IFM_SUBTYPE_ETHERNET_OPTION_DESCRIPTIONS so it
    is understood by ifconfig(8).
o Switch bge(4), bce(4), msk(4), nfe(4) and stge(4) along with brgphy(4),
  e1000phy(4) and ip1000phy(4) to use the generic flow control support
  instead of home-grown solutions via IFM_FLAGs. This includes changing
  these PHY drivers and smcphy(4) to no longer unconditionally advertise
  support for flow control but only if the selected media has IFM_FLOW
  set (or MIIF_FORCEPAUSE is set) and implemented for these media variants,
  i.e. typically only for copper.
o Switch brgphy(4), ciphy(4), e1000phy(4) and ip1000phy(4) to report and
  set IFM_1000_T master mode via IFM_ETH_MASTER instead of via IFF_LINK0
  and some IFM_FLAGn.
o Switch brgphy(4) to add at least the the supported copper media based on
  the contents of the BMSR via mii_phy_add_media() instead of hardcoding
  them. The latter approach seems to have developed historically, besides
  causing unnecessary code duplication it was also undesirable because
  brgphy_mii_phy_auto() already based the capability advertisement on the
  contents of the BMSR though.
o Let brgphy(4) set IFM_1000_T master mode on all supported PHY and not
  just BCM5701. Apparently this was a misinterpretation of a workaround
  in the Linux tg3 driver; BCM5701 seem to require RGPHY_1000CTL_MSE and
  BRGPHY_1000CTL_MSC to be set when configuring autonegotiation but
  this doesn't mean we can't set these as well on other PHYs for manual
  media selection.
o Let ukphy_status() report IFM_1000_T master mode via IFM_ETH_MASTER so
  IFM_1000_T master mode support now is generally available with all PHY
  drivers.
o Don't let e1000phy(4) set master/slave bits for IFM_1000_SX as it's
  not applicable there.

Reviewed by:	yongari (plus additional testing)
Obtained from:	NetBSD (partially), OpenBSD (partially)
MFC after:	2 weeks
2010-11-14 13:26:10 +00:00
Xin LI
add5afdc93 Workaround build for PAE case for now - revert the PHYS
case to previous panic behavior.

I have a real fix that changes the sg dma tag allocation
to be limited to the under 4GB address space but would
prefer to have review before committing.
2010-11-14 05:05:41 +00:00
Nick Hibma
c175c7deff Add the switch config for the XS Stick.
It speaks AT commands on 2 out of 3 serial ports, but it has not been
verified to work at all speaking PPP yet.
2010-11-13 20:45:16 +00:00
Hans Petter Selasky
876cab6fc2 Fix compiler warnings.
Submitted by:	Alexander Best (arundel)
Approved by:	thompsa (mentor)
2010-11-13 19:26:45 +00:00
Xin LI
231c8b7113 Update to vendor release 1.20.00.19.
Bug fixes:
  * Fixed "inquiry data fails comparion at DV1 step"
  * Fixed bad range input in bus_alloc_resource for ADAPTER_TYPE_B
  * Fixed arcmsr driver prevent arcsas support for Areca SAS HBA ARC13x0

Many thanks to Areca for continuing to support FreeBSD.

This commit is intended for MFC before 8.2-RELEASE.

Submitted by:   Ching-Lung Huang <ching2048 areca com tw>
2010-11-13 08:58:36 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
603b8e29db Fix regression introduced in r215132. Caller always holds a driver
lock before accessing mii, so locking is not needed here.

Reported by:	Rob Farmer (rfarmer <> predatorlabs dot net)
2010-11-12 19:33:13 +00:00
Jung-uk Kim
68d5e11c9f Create C1 state when _CST is valid but _CST does not have one. Some BIOSes
do not report C1 state in _CST object, probably because it is a mandatory
state with or without existence of the optional _CST.

Reviewed by:	avg
2010-11-12 17:10:12 +00:00
Andrew Thompson
54873b4cd6 Add a GPIO driver for the Gateworks Cambria platform.
The external gpio pins are connected to a PLD on the i2c bus, unfortunatley
this device does not conform by failing to send an ack after each byte written.
The iicbb driver will abort the transfer when the address is not ack'd and it
would introduce a lot of churn to be able to pass a flag down to
iicbb_start/iicbb_write. Instead we do bad things by grabbing the iicbus but
then doing our own bit banging.
2010-11-11 20:18:33 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
52a1393e4c Add basic WOL support for MCP ethernet controllers. It seems the
controller does not perform automatic switching from 1000Mbps link
to 10/100Mbps link when WOL is activated. Implement establishing
10/100Mps link with auto-negotiation in driver. Link status change
handler was modified to remove taskqueue based approach since driver
now needs synchronous handling for link establishment.

Submitted by:	Yamagi Burmeister (lists <> yamagi.org ) (initial version)
Tested by:	Yamagi Burmeister (lists <> yamagi.org )
MFC after:	1 week
2010-11-11 18:08:50 +00:00
Rafal Jaworowski
96fe0b3552 Return IEEE 1275 compliant error codes.
Submitted by:	nwhitehorn
2010-11-11 13:42:46 +00:00
Nick Hibma
0ea0127a4d Add a man page for usb_quirk module, plus references in other man pages,
and updated comments in the usb_quirk.h header file.

The main purpose of this is to expose the quirks for ejecting 3G
modules. usb_modeswitch in Linux does a great job of collecting
information on these, and with the quirks module people can try out the
modeswitch config file entries on FreeBSD, hence the SCSI strings in the
man page.

MFC after:	2 weeks
2010-11-10 23:45:44 +00:00
Jung-uk Kim
93a8847473 Make APM emulation look more closer to its origin. Use device_get_softc(9)
instead of hardcoding acpi(4) unit number as we have device_t for it.
2010-11-10 18:50:12 +00:00
Nick Hibma
e7702e9e1b Allow specification of eject method through quirks, so people can test
drive eject methods before supplying patches.
2010-11-10 18:41:38 +00:00
Jung-uk Kim
7c2bf852d7 Refactor acpi_machdep.c for amd64 and i386, move APM emulation into a new
file acpi_apm.c, and place it on sys/x86/acpica.
2010-11-10 01:29:56 +00:00
Nathan Whitehorn
0bad71a347 Make all OF client interface calls return the maximum kind of
does-not-exist error when no client interface module is installed instead
of dereferencing NULL pointers. This eases implementation of platforms
that may or may not have Open Firmware.
2010-11-09 19:45:29 +00:00
Rebecca Cran
b1ce21c6ef Fix typos.
PR:	bin/148894
Submitted by:	olgeni
2010-11-09 10:59:09 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
5e6906ee36 Only moderate TX completion interrupts. Relying on taskqueue to
suppress RX interrupts seems to give better RX performance than
RX interrupt moderation.
2010-11-09 01:52:09 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
483cc44070 Follow the lead of vendor's interrupt moderation mechanism.
It seems RTL8169/RTL8168/RTL810xE has a kind of interrupt
moderation mechanism but it is not documented at all. The magic
value dramatically reduced number of interrupts without noticeable
performance drops so apply it to all RTL8169/RTL8169 controllers.
Vendor's FreeBSD driver also applies it to RTL810xE controllers but
their Linux driver explicitly cleared the register, so do not
enable interrupt moderation for RTL810xE controllers.

While I'm here sort 8169 specific registers.

Obtained from:	RealTek FreeBSD driver
2010-11-08 21:50:50 +00:00
Juli Mallett
e875cf292c Recognize the BCM5482S. 2010-11-08 21:23:28 +00:00
Nathan Whitehorn
134a9563c7 Provide support for IIC_M_NOSTOP/IIC_M_NOSTART for bit-banging and
otherwise low-level controllers.

Reviewed by:	thompsa
2010-11-08 19:53:16 +00:00
Jung-uk Kim
affa18265a Consistently use padding `_' in the comment. 2010-11-08 19:52:14 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
2bc085c69c Reduce spin wait time consumed in GMII register access routine.
There were a couple of attempts in the past to reduce it since it
took more than 1ms. Because mii_tick() periodically polls link
status, waiting more than 1ms for each GMII register access was
overkill. Unfortunately all previous attempts were failed with
various ways on different controllers.
This time, add additional 20us dealy at the end of GMII register
access which seems to requirement of all RealTek controllers to
issue next GMII register access request. This is the same way what
Linux does.
2010-11-08 19:15:31 +00:00
Alexander Motin
ba3a999598 Teach ahci(4), siis(4) and ATA_CAM ata(4) wrapper report to CAM residual
I/O length on underruns, that often happens for some SCSI commands.
2010-11-08 15:36:15 +00:00
Andrew Thompson
cac6df751b Set the pin to output on attach, we can't assume it already is.
Reviewed by:	gonzo
2010-11-08 03:08:01 +00:00
Nick Hibma
96a6480a53 Bugfix: Set the bit that marks a device number in use.
This would cause a panic when disconnecting the second serial device.

Submitted by:	Lucius Windschuh
2010-11-07 15:36:07 +00:00
Marius Strobl
97901c4bc9 Fix indentation in r213894. 2010-11-07 12:29:26 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
fec5229ac0 Fix a long standing bug in programming station address for Yukon
controllers. sk(4) never reprogrammed station address for Yukon
controllers so overriding station address with ifconfig(8) was not
possible.
Fix the bug by reprogramming all registers that control station
address, flow-control and virtual station address. Virtual station
address has no use at this moment since driver does not make use of
fail over feature.

Tested by:	"Mikhail T." <mi+thun <> aldan.algebra.com>
MFC after:	1 week
2010-11-06 22:07:22 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
adfe075ce0 If we got an invalid station address, generate random address. This
might be caused by broken BIOS.

Reported by:	"Mikhail T." <mi+thun <> aldan.algebra.com>
MFC after:	1 week
2010-11-06 21:54:32 +00:00
Alexander Motin
285ba17329 Mark command submission timeouts as timeouts. This should trigger device
resets and increase chances of getting device back again.
2010-11-06 19:11:49 +00:00
Bernhard Schmidt
a7c6aabdc3 Instead of using the AMRR ratectl algo as default for drivers which have
the IEEE80211_C_RATECTL flag set, default to NONE for all drivers. Only if
a driver calls ieee80211_ratectl_init() check if the NONE algo is still
selected and try to use AMRR in that case. Drivers are still free to use
any other algo by calling ieee80211_ratectl_set() prior to the
ieee80211_ratectl_init() call.

After this change it is now safe to assume that a ratectl algo is always
available and selected, which renders the IEEE80211_C_RATECTL flag pretty
much useless. Therefore revert r211314 and 211546.

Reviewed by:	rpaulo
MFC after:	2 weeks
2010-11-06 18:17:20 +00:00
Alexander Motin
618c8d01f2 Add support for odd-sized PIO transfers, sometimes used by ATAPI. 2010-11-06 14:22:50 +00:00
Nick Hibma
b38fd2d93c Bugfix: In rev 213509 Alexander committed a duplicate ID for ZTE STOR
based devices (QUALCOMMINC 0x2000). He made it use SCSI eject instead of
ZTE STOR eject. This prevented my ZTE MF626 dongle from switching.

- Apply both eject methods for ZTE STOR based devices. Works on my as
  well as mav's device.
- Remove the duplicate.
- Sort the usbdevs entries for Qualcomm so this won't happen again.
- Add bootverbose message displaying the fact that we are ejecting (and
  how).

Reviewed by:	mav
MFC after:	2 weeks
2010-11-05 21:17:55 +00:00
Jung-uk Kim
e7bb9ab605 Add a forgotten change from the previous commit. 2010-11-05 20:24:26 +00:00
Jung-uk Kim
9fe3e6c023 Fix a use-after-free bug for extended IRQ resource[1]. When _PRS buffer is
copied as a template for _SRS, a string pointer for descriptor name is also
copied and it becomes stale as soon as it gets de-allocated[2].  Now _CRS is
used as a template for _SRS as ACPI specification suggests if it is usable.
The template from _PRS is still utilized but only when _CRS is not available
or broken.  To avoid use-after-free the problem in this case, however, only
mandatory fields are copied, optional data is removed, and structure length
is adjusted accordingly.

Reported by:	hps[1]
Analyzed by:	avg[2]
Tested by:	hps
2010-11-05 19:50:09 +00:00
Marius Strobl
8edfedadeb Correct an inverted check in r213893. 2010-11-05 19:38:28 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
0534aae0ce Add simple MAC statistics counter reading support. Unfortunately
useful counters like rl_missed_pkts is 16 bits quantity which is
too small to hold meaningful information happened in a second. This
means driver should frequently read these counters in order not to
lose accuracy and that approach is too inefficient in driver's
view. Moreover it seems there is no way to trigger an interrupt to
detect counter near-full or wraparound event as well as lacking
clearing the MAC counters. Another limitation of reading the
counters from RealTek controllers is lack of interrupt firing at
the end of DMA cycle of MAC counter read request such that driver
have to poll the end of the DMA which is a time consuming process
as well as inefficient. The more severe issue of the MAC counter
read request is it takes too long to complete the DMA. All these
limitation made maintaining MAC counters in driver impractical. For
now, just provide simple sysctl interface to trigger reading the
MAC counters. These counters could be used to track down driver
issues. Users can read MAC counters maintained in controller with
the following command.
#sysctl dev.re.0.stats=1

While I'm here add check for validity of dma map and allocated
memory before unloading/freeing them.

Tested by:	rmacklem
2010-11-05 19:28:00 +00:00
Nick Hibma
6416c259d4 Implement ucom_set_pnpinfo_usb() providing ttyname and port number
information through devd. My E220 now produces the notification (1 line):

	+u3g0 at bus=1 hubaddr=1 port=0 devaddr=2 interface=0 \
	vendor=0x12d1 product=0x1003 devclass=0x00 devsubclass=0x00 \
	sernum="" release=0x0000 intclass=0xff intsubclass=0xff \
	ttyname=U0 ttyports=2 on uhub0

Note: serial/ufoma and net/uhso still provide port number and tty name
(uhso only) information through sysctls, which should now be removed.

Reviewed by:	hpselasky
2010-11-05 19:12:48 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
63472df74a style(9). 2010-11-05 18:24:50 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
4baa031067 Remove extra white spaces. 2010-11-05 18:23:43 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
66366ca4bf Enable 64bit DMA addressing for RTL810xE/RTL8168/RTL8111 PCIe
controllers. Some old PCI controllers may work with DAC but it was
known to be buggy so 64bit DMA addressing is used only on PCIe
controllers.
2010-11-05 18:19:54 +00:00
Nick Hibma
761481dc63 - Remove an unused entry from the softc (only used in a debugging printf).
- Fix the loop count on detach (causing a panic on detaching a serial
  dongle).
- Increase a buffer in case some driver want extra long tty device names
  (postfixing the purpose of the tty for example, e.g. u3g.ppp).
2010-11-05 09:06:23 +00:00
Nick Hibma
0834ed4757 Bugfix: Move the 'at <location string' to the beginning of the attach
notification. devd would stop evaluating at 'at' (not '<k>=<v>') and
hence prevent 'port=X' (and 'bus=<"on" string>) from making it into the
environment for the devd action.

Reviewed by:	hselasky
MFC after:	2 weeks
2010-11-05 08:30:16 +00:00
Nick Hibma
6df3eebb63 Don't terminate the notification with \n. This is done in
usb_device.c:devctl_notify_f().
2010-11-04 21:06:36 +00:00
Hans Petter Selasky
cbb75751a7 Add code to warm reset a USB 3.0 port.
Approved by:	thompsa (mentor)
2010-11-04 19:24:21 +00:00
Hans Petter Selasky
d74698ca2e Add new USB quirk.
Submitted by:	Dmitry Luhtionov
Approved by:	thompsa (mentor)
2010-11-04 19:05:35 +00:00
Jung-uk Kim
495a414454 Adjust a comment to clarify why \_SB_ and \_TZ_ are defined as device type
in ACPICA.  Reshuffle the code a bit to make sure this kludge only applies
to these two specical cases and to make it cleaner.
2010-11-03 23:16:35 +00:00
Nick Hibma
015bb88ff2 - Simplify the way unit/subunit allocation is done in ucom.
- hw.usb.ucom.cons_unit is now split into
  hw.usb.ucom.cons_unit/...cons_subunit.

Note: The tunable/sysctl hw.usb.ucom.cons_unit needs to be reviewed if

a) a console was defined a USB serial devices, and a USB device with
more than 1 subunit is present, and this device is attached before the
device functioning as a console

or

b) a console was defined on a USB device with more than 1 subunit

Reviewed by:	hps
MFC after:	2 weeks
2010-11-03 21:50:49 +00:00
Hans Petter Selasky
8908d48d82 Clean up leftover USB device ID after r213856. This fixes:
options USB_VERBOSE

Submitted by:	Lucius Windschuh
Approved by:	thompsa (mentor)
2010-11-03 07:51:33 +00:00
Alexander Motin
82d2b37bc0 Remove stale line, accidentally slipped into r214016.
MFC after:	3 days
2010-11-02 09:31:24 +00:00
Jack F Vogel
e4c690b4f0 Sync the lem code up with the vlan and other fixes in em.
Delete a unneeded test from the beginning of em_xmit.
CRITICAL: shared code fix for 82574, a mutex might not be
          released, this can cause hangs.
2010-11-01 20:19:25 +00:00
Marius Strobl
e598f12273 Turn a panic into a printf so IFM_ETH_MASTER on !IFM_1000_T is complained
about but otherwise ignored. When allowing the master to be set manually via
ifconfig(8) by adding the former to IFM_SUBTYPE_ETHERNET_OPTION_DESCRIPTIONS
(as it should be) it seems to be unfavorable that a machine can be made to
panic with a simple ifconfig(8) invocation.
2010-10-31 22:59:49 +00:00
Marius Strobl
3b18190fe9 Try to make the style consistent (including regarding NetBSD bits not yet
merged) and adhere style(9).
2010-10-31 22:46:39 +00:00
Marius Strobl
4a446e3e8e Make a comment reflect reality. 2010-10-31 22:41:53 +00:00
Nathan Whitehorn
50fd2a5b9c Add a driver for the Apple Uninorth AGP host bridge found in all PowerPC
Macintoshes with an AGP bus.
2010-10-31 18:27:05 +00:00
Marius Strobl
f5a1822131 Correct a bug in r213893; within a PHY driver MIIF_PHYPRIVn should be used
instead of MIIF_MACPRIVn. This didn't make a functional difference though.
2010-10-30 20:51:25 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
d0b2f7efb7 Don't bother to enable ASPM L1 to save more power. Even though I am
not able to trigger the issue with sample boards, some users seems
to suffer from freeze/lockup when system is booted without UTP cable
plugged in. I'm not sure whether this is BIOS issue or controller
bug. This change fixes AR8132 lockup issue seen on EEE PC.

Reported by:	kmoore
Tested by:	kmoore
2010-10-30 01:12:54 +00:00
Justin T. Gibbs
8f1382d1f2 sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c:
In xbb_detach() only perform cleanup of our taskqueue and
	device statistics structures if they have been initialized.
	This avoids a panic when xbb_detach() is called on a partially
	initialized device instance, due to an early failure in
	attach.

Sponsored by:	Spectra Logic Corporation
2010-10-28 04:14:28 +00:00
Jack F Vogel
35928b338e In the data setup code for doing offloads the
ip and tcp pointers were not reset after some
pullups. In practice this led to an NFS mount
failure when using UDP reported by Kevin Lo,
thanks Kevin. Fix from yongari, thank you!
2010-10-28 00:16:54 +00:00
Hans Petter Selasky
8427ed847d Add support for setting per-interface PnP information.
Submitted by:	Nick Hibma
Approved by:	thompsa (mentor)
2010-10-27 17:38:05 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
1108273af4 Add initial BCM5718 family support. The BCM5718 family includes
the dual port BCM5717 and BCM5718 devices which are intended for
mainstream workstation and entry-level server designs and
represents the twelfth generation of NetXtreme Ethernet controllers.
This family is the successor to the BCM5714/BCM5715 family and
supports IPv4/IPv6 checksum offloading, TSO, VLAN hardware tagging,
jumbo frames, MSI/MSIX, IOV, RSS and TSS.

This change set supports all hardware features except IOV and
RSS/TSS. Unlike its predecessors, only extended RX buffer
descriptors can be posted to the jumbo producer ring. Single RX
buffer descriptors for jumbo frame are not supported. RSS requires
a more substantial set of changes and will apply to a larger set
of NetXtreme devices so RSS/TSS multi-queue support will be
implemented in a future releases.

Special thanks to Broadcom who kindly sent a sample board to me
and to davidch who gave provided the initial support code.

Submitted by:	davidch (initial version)
HW donated by:	Broadcom
2010-10-27 17:20:19 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
f8d8720ebc Add BCM5717C 10/100/1000TX PHY id. 2010-10-27 17:16:40 +00:00
Jung-uk Kim
ae19af49e0 Add two new loader tunables 'hw.acpi.install_interface' and
'hw.acpi.remove_interface'.  hw.acpi.install_interface lets you install new
interfaces.  Conversely, hw.acpi.remove_interface lets you remove OS
interfaces from the pre-defined list in ACPICA.  For example,

	hw.acpi.install_interface="FreeBSD"

lets _OSI("FreeBSD") method to return 0xffffffff (or success) and

	hw.acpi.remove_interface="Windows 2009"

lets _OSI("Windows 2009") method to return zero (or failure).  Both are
comma-separated lists and leading white spaces are ignored.  For example,
the following examples are valid:

	hw.acpi.install_interface="Linux, FreeBSD"
	hw.acpi.remove_interface="Windows 2006, Windows 2006.1"
2010-10-26 18:59:50 +00:00
Jack F Vogel
7deff7f9b4 Bug fix delta to the em driver:
- Chasin down bogus watchdogs has led to an improved
	  design to this handling, the hang decision takes
	  place in the tx cleanup, with only a simple report
	  check in local_timer. Our tests have shown no false
	  watchdogs with this code.
	- VLAN fixes from jhb, the shadow vfta should be per
	  interface, but as global it was not. Thanks John.
	- Bug fixes in the support for new PCH2 hardware.
	- Thanks for all the help and feedback on the driver,
	  changes to lem with be coming shortly as well.
2010-10-26 00:07:58 +00:00
Nathan Whitehorn
495ed64c16 The EHCI_CAPLENGTH and EHCI_HCIVERSION registers are actually sub-registers
within the first 4 bytes of the EHCI memory space. For controllers that
use big-endian MMIO, reading them with 1- and 2-byte reads would then
return the wrong values. Instead, read the combined register with a 4-byte
read and mask out the interesting quantities.
2010-10-25 15:51:43 +00:00
Alexander Motin
6ea7128dbd Make hw.snd.vpc_0db to be also a loader tunable. 2010-10-25 08:25:44 +00:00
Alexander Motin
5b9392e840 Add missing mtx_destroy() on channel attach failure. 2010-10-25 07:41:21 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
713ca255b8 Add TSO support over VLAN for i82550/i82551. Controller requires
VLAN hardware tagging to make TSO work over VLAN. So if VLAN
hardware tagging is disabled explicitly clear TSO over VLAN. While
I'm here allow disabling VLAN TX checksum offloading.

Tested by:	Liudas < liudasb <> centras dot lt >
MFC after:	10 days
2010-10-24 21:59:51 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
427d3f3322 Use bge_chipid to compare controller ids. r214251 incorrectly used
bge_chiprev.

Reported by:	Buganini <buganini <> gmail dot com >
2010-10-24 20:54:46 +00:00
Marius Strobl
4a1f2d1b35 - Given that as of r214264 all PHY drivers using mii(4) finally have been
converted to use the mii_phy_add_media()/mii_phy_setmedia() pair instead
  of mii_add_media()/mii_anar() remove the latter.
- Declare mii_media mii_media_table static as it shouldn't be used outside
  of mii_physubr.c.

MFC after:	never
2010-10-24 12:59:43 +00:00
Marius Strobl
bcbab52daf - Add IFM_10_2 and IFM_10_5 media via tlphy(4) only in case the respective
interface also has such connectors.
- In tl_attach() unify three different ways of obtaining the device and
  vendor IDs and remove the now obsolete tl_dinfo from tl_softc.
- Given that tlphy(4) only handles the integrated PHYs of NICs driven by
  tl(4) make it only probe on the latter.
- Switch mlphy(4) and tlphy(4) to use mii_phy_add_media()/mii_phy_setmedia().
- Simplify looking for the respective companion PHY in mlphy(4) and tlphy(4)
  by ignoring the native one by just comparing the device_t's directly rather
  than the device name.
2010-10-24 12:51:02 +00:00
Marius Strobl
743d2b468a Take advantage of mii_phy_add_media()/mii_phy_setmedia(). 2010-10-24 11:38:25 +00:00
Marius Strobl
f6613deb1f - Take advantage of mii_phy_dev_probe().
- Use mii_phy_add_media() instead of mii_add_media(). I'm not sure how
  this driver actually managed to work before as mii_add_media() is
  intended to be used to gether with mii_anar() while mii_phy_add_media()
  is intended to be used with mii_phy_setmedia(), however this driver
  mii_add_media() along with mii_phy_setmedia().
2010-10-24 11:37:01 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
ca4f898699 Apply the same workaround for SDI flow control used on BCM5906 A1
to BCM6906 A0/A2. This should fix a long standing BCM5906 A2 lockup
issues. Data sheet explicitly mentions BCM5906 A0, A1 and A2 use
de-pipelined mode on these revisions.
Special thanks to Buganini who tried all combinations of
experimental patches for more than 10 days.

Tested by:	Buganini <buganini <> gmail dot com >
2010-10-23 21:25:50 +00:00
Bernhard Schmidt
82510b7eca The firmware does pad notifications to an even number of bytes (at least
the association notification), the included information though always
contains an elem block with an odd number of bytes. We handle the last
byte as if it might contain a whole elem block, this of course is not
true as one byte is not enough to hold a block, we therefore discard the
complete frame. The solution here is to subtract one from the actual
notification length, this is also what the Linux driver does. With this
change the frames ends exactly where the last elem block ends.

This commit also reverts r214160 which is no longer required and now even
wrong.

MFC after:	1 week
2010-10-23 11:26:22 +00:00
Hans Petter Selasky
8bb77249db Add possibility to generate devctl notifications regardless of UGEN presence.
Submitted by:  Nick Hibma
Approved by:    thompsa (mentor)
2010-10-22 20:13:45 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
8d5f71818f Add workaround for BCM5906 A1 controller silicon bug. When
auto-negotiation results in half-duplex operation, excess collision
on the ethernet link may cause internal chip delays that may result
in subsequent valid frames being dropped due to insufficient
receive buffer resources. The workaround is to choose de-pipeline
method as a flow control decision for SDI. De-pipeline method
allows only 1 data in TxMbuf at a time such that a request to RDMA
from SDI is made only when TxMbuf is empty. Thanks for david for
providing detailed errata information.
2010-10-22 19:30:56 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
f6a6548885 Enable TX MAC state machine lockup fix for both BCM5755 or higher
and BCM5906. Publicly available data sheet just says it may happen
due to corrupted TxMbuf.
2010-10-22 18:31:44 +00:00
John Baldwin
ba577448a2 - Add a new PCI quirk to whitelist an old chipset that doesn't support
PCI-express or PCI-X capabilities if we are running in a virtual machine.
- Whitelist the Intel 82440 chipset used by QEMU.

Tested by:	jfv
MFC after:	1 week
2010-10-22 11:42:02 +00:00
Bernhard Schmidt
9f95314538 The firmware always sets bit 14 and 15, to get the real associd we need
to clear those bits.

MFC after:	1 week
2010-10-21 19:30:55 +00:00
Bernhard Schmidt
f3c95fe748 Instead of calling return when reaching the end of the assoc notification
break the loop instead. We want to run the code after the while loop
to set an associd and capinfo. If we don't do this net80211 will drop
frames because it assumes the node has not yet been associated.

MFC after:	1 week
2010-10-21 19:28:52 +00:00
John Baldwin
fb2439a6f6 Clarify a misleading comment. The test in pci_reserve_map() was meant to
ignore BARs that are invalid due to having a size of zero, not to ignore
BARs with an existing base of zero.  While here, reorganize the code
slightly to make the intent clearer.

Reported by:	avg
MFC after:	1 week
2010-10-21 17:46:23 +00:00
Sergey Kandaurov
d63e9da300 Update PD state firmware definitions: add copyback, system.
Reviewed by:	jhb
Approved by:	avg (mentor)
MFC after:	1 week
2010-10-21 10:38:52 +00:00
Jung-uk Kim
d815d0abb7 Update PCI power management registers per PCI Bus Power Management Interface
Specification Rev. 1.2.  Rename pp_pcmcsr field of PM capabilities to pp_bse
to avoid further confusions and adjust some comments accordingly.  The real
PMCSR (Power Management Control/Status Register) is PCIR_POWER_STATUS and
it is actually BSE (PCI-to-PCI Bridge Support Extensions) register.
2010-10-20 23:41:16 +00:00
Jung-uk Kim
f3e0b10973 Introduce a new tunable 'hw.pci.do_power_suspend'. This tunable lets you
avoid PCI power state transition from D0 to D3 for suspending case.  Default
is 1 or enabled.
2010-10-20 16:47:09 +00:00
Jung-uk Kim
347263c935 Do not apply do_power_resume for suspending P2P bridge as we did in r214064. 2010-10-20 16:40:14 +00:00
Alexander Motin
6c87235098 Workaround strange situation when EDMA_RESQIP register returns zero instead
of proper value. It caused bunch of "EMPTY CRPB" messages and potentially
may cause premature requests completion, which could cause data corruption.
For most cases it seems enough to just reread register to get proper value.
To protect against worse cases - erase processed queue entries with
impossible values and ignore them if problem still happen.
2010-10-20 07:47:31 +00:00
Alexander Motin
c0609c547a Some style cleanup:
- remove commented debugging code;
- wrap long lines.
2010-10-20 07:22:34 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
69b5727f16 Correct handling of shared interrupt in sis_intr(). r212116 incorrectly
released a drver lock for shared interrupt case such that it caused
panic. While I'm here check whether driver is still running before
serving TX/RX handler.

Reported by:	Jerahmy Pocott < QUAKENET1 <> optusnet dot com dot au >
Tested by:	Jerahmy Pocott < QUAKENET1 <> optusnet dot com dot au >
MFC after:	3 days
2010-10-20 00:19:25 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
d598b626c0 Add workaround for BCM5906 controller silicon bug. If device
receive two back-to-back send BDs with less than or equal to 8
total bytes then the device may hang. The two back-to-back send
BDs must be in the same frame for this failure to occur.
Thanks to davidch for detailed errata information.

Reviewed by:	davidch
2010-10-19 23:04:23 +00:00
Justin T. Gibbs
ff662b5c98 Improve the Xen para-virtualized device infrastructure of FreeBSD:
o Add support for backend devices (e.g. blkback)
 o Implement extensions to the Xen para-virtualized block API to allow
   for larger and more outstanding I/Os.
 o Import a completely rewritten block back driver with support for fronting
   I/O to both raw devices and files.
 o General cleanup and documentation of the XenBus and XenStore support code.
 o Robustness and performance updates for the block front driver.
 o Fixes to the netfront driver.

Sponsored by: Spectra Logic Corporation

sys/xen/xenbus/init.txt:
	Deleted: This file explains the Linux method for XenBus device
	enumeration and thus does not apply to FreeBSD's NewBus approach.

sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_probe_backend.c:
	Deleted: Linux version of backend XenBus service routines.  It
	was never ported to FreeBSD.  See xenbusb.c, xenbusb_if.m,
	xenbusb_front.c xenbusb_back.c for details of FreeBSD's XenBus
	support.

sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusvar.h:
sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_xs.c:
sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_comms.c:
sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_comms.h:
sys/xen/xenstore/xenstorevar.h:
sys/xen/xenstore/xenstore.c:
	Split XenStore into its own tree.  XenBus is a software layer built
	on top of XenStore.  The old arrangement and the naming of some
	structures and functions blurred these lines making it difficult to
	discern what services are provided by which layer and at what times
	these services are available (e.g. during system startup and shutdown).

sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_client.c:
sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus.c:
sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_probe.c:
sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb.c:
sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb.h:
	Split up XenBus code into methods available for use by client
	drivers (xenbus.c) and code used by the XenBus "bus code" to
	enumerate, attach, detach, and service bus drivers.

sys/xen/reboot.c:
sys/dev/xen/control/control.c:
	Add a XenBus front driver for handling shutdown, reboot, suspend, and
	resume events published in the XenStore.  Move all PV suspend/reboot
	support from reboot.c into this driver.

sys/xen/blkif.h:
	New file from Xen vendor with macros and structures used by
	a block back driver to service requests from a VM running a
	different ABI (e.g. amd64 back with i386 front).

sys/conf/files:
	Adjust kernel build spec for new XenBus/XenStore layout and added
	Xen functionality.

sys/dev/xen/balloon/balloon.c:
sys/dev/xen/netfront/netfront.c:
sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c:
sys/xen/xenbus/...
sys/xen/xenstore/...
	o Rename XenStore APIs and structures from xenbus_* to xs_*.
	o Adjust to use of M_XENBUS and M_XENSTORE malloc types for allocation
	  of objects returned by these APIs.
	o Adjust for changes in the bus interface for Xen drivers.

sys/xen/xenbus/...
sys/xen/xenstore/...
	Add Doxygen comments for these interfaces and the code that
	implements them.

sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c:
	o Rewrite the Block Back driver to attach properly via newbus,
	  operate correctly in both PV and HVM mode regardless of domain
	  (e.g. can be in a DOM other than 0), and to deal with the latest
	  metadata available in XenStore for block devices.

	o Allow users to specify a file as a backend to blkback, in addition
	  to character devices.  Use the namei lookup of the backend path
	  to automatically configure, based on file type, the appropriate
	  backend method.

	The current implementation is limited to a single outstanding I/O
	at a time to file backed storage.

sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c:
sys/xen/interface/io/blkif.h:
sys/xen/blkif.h:
sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c:
sys/dev/xen/blkfront/block.h:
	Extend the Xen blkif API: Negotiable request size and number of
	requests.

	This change extends the information recorded in the XenStore
	allowing block front/back devices to negotiate for optimal I/O
	parameters.  This has been achieved without sacrificing backward
	compatibility with drivers that are unaware of these protocol
	enhancements.  The extensions center around the connection protocol
	which now includes these additions:

	o The back-end device publishes its maximum supported values for,
	  request I/O size, the number of page segments that can be
	  associated with a request, the maximum number of requests that
	  can be concurrently active, and the maximum number of pages that
	  can be in the shared request ring.  These values are published
	  before the back-end enters the XenbusStateInitWait state.

	o The front-end waits for the back-end to enter either the InitWait
	  or Initialize state.  At this point, the front end limits it's
	  own capabilities to the lesser of the values it finds published
	  by the backend, it's own maximums, or, should any back-end data
	  be missing in the store, the values supported by the original
	  protocol.  It then initializes it's internal data structures
	  including allocation of the shared ring, publishes its maximum
	  capabilities to the XenStore and transitions to the Initialized
	  state.

	o The back-end waits for the front-end to enter the Initalized
	  state.  At this point, the back end limits it's own capabilities
	  to the lesser of the values it finds published by the frontend,
	  it's own maximums, or, should any front-end data be missing in
	  the store, the values supported by the original protocol.  It
	  then initializes it's internal data structures, attaches to the
	  shared ring and transitions to the Connected state.

	o The front-end waits for the back-end to enter the Connnected
	  state, transitions itself to the connected state, and can
	  commence I/O.

	Although an updated front-end driver must be aware of the back-end's
	InitWait state, the back-end has been coded such that it can
	tolerate a front-end that skips this step and transitions directly
	to the Initialized state without waiting for the back-end.

sys/xen/interface/io/blkif.h:
	o Increase BLKIF_MAX_SEGMENTS_PER_REQUEST to 255.  This is
	  the maximum number possible without changing the blkif
	  request header structure (nr_segs is a uint8_t).

	o Add two new constants:
	  BLKIF_MAX_SEGMENTS_PER_HEADER_BLOCK, and
	  BLKIF_MAX_SEGMENTS_PER_SEGMENT_BLOCK.  These respectively
	  indicate the number of segments that can fit in the first
	  ring-buffer entry of a request, and for each subsequent
	  (sg element only) ring-buffer entry associated with the
          "header" ring-buffer entry of the request.

	o Add the blkif_request_segment_t typedef for segment
	  elements.

	o Add the BLKRING_GET_SG_REQUEST() macro which wraps the
	  RING_GET_REQUEST() macro and returns a properly cast
	  pointer to an array of blkif_request_segment_ts.

	o Add the BLKIF_SEGS_TO_BLOCKS() macro which calculates the
	  number of ring entries that will be consumed by a blkif
	  request with the given number of segments.

sys/xen/blkif.h:
	o Update for changes in interface/io/blkif.h macros.

	o Update the BLKIF_MAX_RING_REQUESTS() macro to take the
	  ring size as an argument to allow this calculation on
	  multi-page rings.

	o Add a companion macro to BLKIF_MAX_RING_REQUESTS(),
	  BLKIF_RING_PAGES().  This macro determines the number of
	  ring pages required in order to support a ring with the
	  supplied number of request blocks.

sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c:
sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c:
sys/dev/xen/blkfront/block.h:
	o Negotiate with the other-end with the following limits:
	      Reqeust Size:   MAXPHYS
	      Max Segments:   (MAXPHYS/PAGE_SIZE) + 1
	      Max Requests:   256
	      Max Ring Pages: Sufficient to support Max Requests with
	                      Max Segments.

	o Dynamically allocate request pools and segemnts-per-request.

	o Update ring allocation/attachment code to support a
	  multi-page shared ring.

	o Update routines that access the shared ring to handle
	  multi-block requests.

sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c:
	o Track blkfront allocations in a blkfront driver specific
	  malloc pool.

	o Strip out XenStore transaction retry logic in the
	  connection code.  Transactions only need to be used when
	  the update to multiple XenStore nodes must be atomic.
	  That is not the case here.

	o Fully disable blkif_resume() until it can be fixed
	  properly (it didn't work before this change).

	o Destroy bus-dma objects during device instance tear-down.

	o Properly handle backend devices with powef-of-2 sector
	  sizes larger than 512b.

sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c:
	Advertise support for and implement the BLKIF_OP_WRITE_BARRIER
	and BLKIF_OP_FLUSH_DISKCACHE blkif opcodes using BIO_FLUSH and
	the BIO_ORDERED attribute of bios.

sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c:
sys/dev/xen/blkfront/block.h:
	Fix various bugs in blkfront.

       o gnttab_alloc_grant_references() returns 0 for success and
	 non-zero for failure.  The check for < 0 is a leftover
	 Linuxism.

       o When we negotiate with blkback and have to reduce some of our
	 capabilities, print out the original and reduced capability before
	 changing the local capability.  So the user now gets the correct
	 information.

	o Fix blkif_restart_queue_callback() formatting.  Make sure we hold
	  the mutex in that function before calling xb_startio().

	o Fix a couple of KASSERT()s.

        o Fix a check in the xb_remove_* macro to be a little more specific.

sys/xen/gnttab.h:
sys/xen/gnttab.c:
	Define GNTTAB_LIST_END publicly as GRANT_REF_INVALID.

sys/dev/xen/netfront/netfront.c:
	Use GRANT_REF_INVALID instead of driver private definitions of the
	same constant.

sys/xen/gnttab.h:
sys/xen/gnttab.c:
	Add the gnttab_end_foreign_access_references() API.

	This API allows a client to batch the release of an array of grant
	references, instead of coding a private for loop.  The implementation
	takes advantage of this batching to reduce lock overhead to one
	acquisition and release per-batch instead of per-freed grant reference.

	While here, reduce the duration the gnttab_list_lock is held during
	gnttab_free_grant_references() operations.  The search to find the
	tail of the incoming free list does not rely on global state and so
	can be performed without holding the lock.

sys/dev/xen/xenpci/evtchn.c:
sys/dev/xen/evtchn/evtchn.c:
sys/xen/xen_intr.h:
	o Implement the bind_interdomain_evtchn_to_irqhandler API for HVM mode.
	  This allows an HVM domain to serve back end devices to other domains.
	  This API is already implemented for PV mode.

	o Synchronize the API between HVM and PV.

sys/dev/xen/xenpci/xenpci.c:
	o Scan the full region of CPUID space in which the Xen VMM interface
	  may be implemented.  On systems using SuSE as a Dom0 where the
	  Viridian API is also exported, the VMM interface is above the region
	  we used to search.

	o Pass through bus_alloc_resource() calls so that XenBus drivers
	  attaching on an HVM system can allocate unused physical address
	  space from the nexus.  The block back driver makes use of this
	  facility.

sys/i386/xen/xen_machdep.c:
	Use the correct type for accessing the statically mapped xenstore
	metadata.

sys/xen/interface/hvm/params.h:
sys/xen/xenstore/xenstore.c:
	Move hvm_get_parameter() to the correct global header file instead
	of as a private method to the XenStore.

sys/xen/interface/io/protocols.h:
	Sync with vendor.

sys/xeninterface/io/ring.h:
	Add macro for calculating the number of ring pages needed for an N
	deep ring.

	To avoid duplication within the macros, create and use the new
	__RING_HEADER_SIZE() macro.  This macro calculates the size of the
	ring book keeping struct (producer/consumer indexes, etc.) that
	resides at the head of the ring.

	Add the __RING_PAGES() macro which calculates the number of shared
	ring pages required to support a ring with the given number of
	requests.

	These APIs are used to support the multi-page ring version of the
	Xen block API.

sys/xeninterface/io/xenbus.h:
	Add Comments.

sys/xen/xenbus/...
	o Refactor the FreeBSD XenBus support code to allow for both front and
	  backend device attachments.

	o Make use of new config_intr_hook capabilities to allow front and back
	  devices to be probed/attached in parallel.

	o Fix bugs in probe/attach state machine that could cause the system to
	  hang when confronted with a failure either in the local domain or in
	  a remote domain to which one of our driver instances is attaching.

	o Publish all required state to the XenStore on device detach and
	  failure.  The majority of the missing functionality was for serving
	  as a back end since the typical "hot-plug" scripts in Dom0 don't
	  handle the case of cleaning up for a "service domain" that is not
	  itself.

	o Add dynamic sysctl nodes exposing the generic ivars of
	  XenBus devices.

	o Add doxygen style comments to the majority of the code.

	o Cleanup types, formatting, etc.

sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb.c:
	Common code used by both front and back XenBus busses.

sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb_if.m:
	Method definitions for a XenBus bus.

sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb_front.c:
sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb_back.c:
	XenBus bus specialization for front and back devices.

MFC after:	1 month
2010-10-19 20:53:30 +00:00
Jung-uk Kim
220666153d Remove undocumented and stale debug.acpi.do_powerstate tunable. It was
added with hw.pci.do_powerstate but the PCI version was splitted into two
separate tunables later and now this is completely stale.  To make it worse,
PCI devices enumerated in ACPI tree ignore this tunable as it is handled by
a function in acpi_pci.c instead.
2010-10-19 20:38:21 +00:00
Jung-uk Kim
a7a3177f27 Remove PCI_SET_POWERSTATE method from acpi.c and eradicate all PCI-specific
knowledges from the file.  All PCI devices enumerated in ACPI tree must use
correct one from acpi_pci.c any way.  Reduce duplicate codes as we did for
pci.c in r213905.  Do not return ESRCH from PCIB_POWER_FOR_SLEEP method.
When the method is not found, just return zero without modifying the given
default value as it is completely optional.  As a side effect, the return
state must not be NULL.  Note there is actually no functional change by
removing ESRCH because acpi_pcib_power_for_sleep() always returns zero.
Adjust debugging messages and add new ones under bootverbose to help
debugging device power state related issues.

Reviewed by:	jhb, imp (earlier versions)
2010-10-19 19:53:06 +00:00
Bernhard Schmidt
96a911f614 There is no reason to call rt_ifmsg(), remove it.
Submitted by:	Paul B Mahol <onemda at gmail.com>
MFC after:	1 week
2010-10-19 19:11:36 +00:00
Jung-uk Kim
edc0cb7dc8 Make any PCI devices enumerated in ACPI tree honor do_power_resume as well. 2010-10-19 18:43:11 +00:00
Jung-uk Kim
6d018c85e1 Remove PCI header type 0 restriction from power state changes. PCI config.
registers for bridges are saved and restored since r200341.

OK'ed by:	imp, jhb
2010-10-19 17:15:22 +00:00
Jung-uk Kim
b56b75259b Do not apply do_power_resume for suspending case. When do_powerstate was
splitted into do_power_resume and do_power_nodriver, it became stale.
2010-10-19 17:05:51 +00:00
Rebecca Cran
8834bc521e Fix grammar. 2010-10-18 14:26:29 +00:00
Alexander Motin
bda55b6adb Set of legacy mode SATA enchancements:
- Implement proper combined mode decoding for Intel controllers to properly
identify SATA and PATA channels and associate ATA channels with SATA ports.
This fixes wrong reporting and in some cases hard resets to wrong SATA ports.
- Improve SATA registers support to handle hot-plug events and potentially
interface errors. For ICH5/6300ESB chipsets these registers accessible via
PCI config space. For later ones they may be accessible via PCI BAR(5).
- For controllers not generating interrupts on hot-plug events, implement
periodic status polling. Use it to detect hot-plug on Intel and VIA
controllers. Same probably could also be used for Serverworks and SIS.
2010-10-18 11:30:13 +00:00
Marius Strobl
c1ff8fd19a Revert r213867; while this driver really doesn't use any of the generic
subroutines, at least mii_capabilities is used within itself.
2010-10-18 08:36:03 +00:00
Marcel Moolenaar
3d5c947d9d Allow the MDIOCATTACH ioctl operation to originate from within the kernel.
To protect against malicious software, we demand that the file name is at
a particular location (i.e. appended to the mdio structure) for it to be
treated as in-kernel.
2010-10-18 04:26:32 +00:00
Alexander Motin
0aa99d33b5 Allow umass to use bigger transactions for USB 3.0 devices. It is less
important for USB 2.0 devices and some of them reported to have problems
with large transactions. But USB 3.0 benchmarks show that limited number
of transactions per second on USB makes impossible to reach high transfer
speeds without using bigger transactions.

On my tests this change allows to read up to 220MB/s from USB-attached SSD
(at block size of 256-512KB), comparing to only 113MB/s without it.

Reviewed by:	hselasky
2010-10-16 19:29:37 +00:00
Marius Strobl
1636dde957 Convert the PHY drivers to honor the mii_flags passed down and convert
the NIC drivers as well as the PHY drivers to take advantage of the
mii_attach() introduced in r213878 to get rid of certain hacks. For
the most part these were:
- Artificially limiting miibus_{read,write}reg methods to certain PHY
  addresses; we now let mii_attach() only probe the PHY at the desired
  address(es) instead.
- PHY drivers setting MIIF_* flags based on the NIC driver they hang
  off from, partly even based on grabbing and using the softc of the
  parent; we now pass these flags down from the NIC to the PHY drivers
  via mii_attach(). This got us rid of all such hacks except those of
  brgphy() in combination with bce(4) and bge(4), which is way beyond
  what can be expressed with simple flags.

While at it, I took the opportunity to change the NIC drivers to pass
up the error returned by mii_attach() (previously by mii_phy_probe())
and unify the error message used in this case where and as appropriate
as mii_attach() actually can fail for a number of reasons, not just
because of no PHY(s) being present at the expected address(es).

This file was missed in r213893.
2010-10-15 23:34:31 +00:00
Jung-uk Kim
debfe32ccd Remove unnecessary castings and fix couple of style(9) nits. 2010-10-15 21:41:59 +00:00
Jung-uk Kim
6e877573df Move setting power state for children into a separate function as they were
essentially the same.  This also restores hw.pci.do_power_resume tunable,
which was broken since r211430.

Reviewed by:	jhb
2010-10-15 21:39:51 +00:00
Andreas Tobler
da89fa28c6 Add three new drivers for fan control and temperature reading on the
PowerMac7,2.

- The fcu driver lets us read and write the fan RPMs for all fans in the
  PowerMac7,2. This driver is PowerMac specific.
- The ds1775 is a driver to read the temperature for the drive bay sensor.
- The max6690 is another driver to read temperatures. Here it is used to
  read the inlet, the backside and the U3 heatsink temperature.

An additional driver, the ad7417, will follow later.

Thanks to nwhitehorn for guiding me through this driver development.

Approved by:	nwhitehorn (mentor)
2010-10-15 20:08:16 +00:00
Marius Strobl
e60f6da1d6 Now that all previous users of mii_phy_probe() have been converted
in r213893 and r213894 to use mii_attach() instead remove the former
and along with it the "EVIL HACK".

MFC after:	never
2010-10-15 15:46:58 +00:00
Matthew D Fleming
09631173be Currently only opt_compat.h is included by the mps(4) driver. Also
enable /dev/mps0, which was missing from my previous patches enabling
f/w upload and download.

opt_compat.h issue noticed by scottl.
2010-10-15 15:24:59 +00:00
Marius Strobl
d6c65d276e Converted the remainder of the NIC drivers to use the mii_attach()
introduced in r213878 instead of mii_phy_probe(). Unlike r213893 these
are only straight forward conversions though.

Reviewed by:	yongari
2010-10-15 15:00:30 +00:00
Marius Strobl
8e5d93dbb4 Convert the PHY drivers to honor the mii_flags passed down and convert
the NIC drivers as well as the PHY drivers to take advantage of the
mii_attach() introduced in r213878 to get rid of certain hacks. For
the most part these were:
- Artificially limiting miibus_{read,write}reg methods to certain PHY
  addresses; we now let mii_attach() only probe the PHY at the desired
  address(es) instead.
- PHY drivers setting MIIF_* flags based on the NIC driver they hang
  off from, partly even based on grabbing and using the softc of the
  parent; we now pass these flags down from the NIC to the PHY drivers
  via mii_attach(). This got us rid of all such hacks except those of
  brgphy() in combination with bce(4) and bge(4), which is way beyond
  what can be expressed with simple flags.

While at it, I took the opportunity to change the NIC drivers to pass
up the error returned by mii_attach() (previously by mii_phy_probe())
and unify the error message used in this case where and as appropriate
as mii_attach() actually can fail for a number of reasons, not just
because of no PHY(s) being present at the expected address(es).

Reviewed by:	jhb, yongari
2010-10-15 14:52:11 +00:00
Matthew D Fleming
e658ccea60 Fixes to mps_user_command():
- fix the leak of command struct on error
 - simplify the cleanup logic
 - EINPROGRESS is not a fatal error
 - buggy comment and error message

Reviewed by:   ken
2010-10-14 23:26:08 +00:00
Hans Petter Selasky
e11ad60db2 Add new USB device IDs to the list of supported devices.
PR:	usb/151043
Approved by:    thompsa (mentor)
2010-10-14 22:14:55 +00:00
Hans Petter Selasky
f3aa3ca3d8 - Add more USB devices to usbdevs and rename some previously unknown ones.
- Add more USB mass storage quirks.

Submitted by: Dmitry Luhtionov
PR: usb/149934, usb/143045
Approved by:    thompsa (mentor)
2010-10-14 22:06:52 +00:00
Marius Strobl
a55fb8a458 Add a NetBSD-compatible mii_attach(), which is intended to eventually
replace mii_phy_probe() altogether. Compared to the latter the advantages
of mii_attach() are:
- intended to be called multiple times in order to attach PHYs in multiple
  passes (f.e. in order to only use sub-ranges of the 0 to MII_NPHY - 1
  range)
- being able to pass along the capability mask from the NIC to the PHY
  drivers
- being able to specify at which address (phyloc) to probe for a PHY
  (instead of always probing at all addresses from 0 to MII_NPHY - 1)
- being able to specify which PHY instance (offloc) to attach
- being able to pass along MIIF_* flags from the NIC to the PHY drivers
  (f.e. as required to indicated to the PHY drivers that flow control is
  supported by the NIC driver, which actually is the motivation for this
  change).

While at it, I used the opportunity to get rid of some hacks in mii(4)
like miibus_probe() generally doing work besides sheer probing and the
"EVIL HACK" (which will vanish entirely along with mii_phy_probe()) by
passing the struct ifnet pointer via an argument of mii_attach() as well
as to fix some resource leaks in mii(4) in case something fails.
Commits which will update the PHY drivers to honor the MII flags passed
down from the NIC drivers and take advantage of mii_attach() to get rid
of certain types of hacks in NIC and PHY drivers as well as a conversion
of the remaining uses of mii_phy_probe() will follow shortly.

Reviewed by:	jhb, yongari
Obtained from:	NetBSD (partially)
2010-10-14 22:01:40 +00:00
Hans Petter Selasky
e781dd4fbb Add more USB device IDs to supported list of devices.
Submitted by:	Nick Hibma
PR:	usb/149900
Approved by:    thompsa (mentor)
2010-10-14 21:53:42 +00:00
Hans Petter Selasky
7ee713e89e Fix forwarding of Line Register Status changes to TTY layer.
PR: usb/149675
Approved by:    thompsa (mentor)
2010-10-14 21:45:41 +00:00
Hans Petter Selasky
f7d8cf85e3 Remove unused EHCI register definition.
Define reserved EHCI register.

Approved by:    thompsa (mentor)
2010-10-14 21:41:08 +00:00
Hans Petter Selasky
53e0bf6e70 Revert most of r197682 (EHCI Hardware BUG workaround). Implement
proper solution which is to not use the TERMINATE pointer, but rather
link to a halted TD. The initial fix was due to a misunderstanding
about how the EHCI hardware works. Thanks to Alan Stern for clearing
this up. This patch can increase mass storage read performance
significantly when the IRQ rate is less than 8000 IRQ/s.

Approved by:    thompsa (mentor)
2010-10-14 21:38:06 +00:00
Marius Strobl
4d0056a865 Just like xmphy(4) this driver doesn't use any of the generic subroutines
so there's no need to fill mii_{ext,}capabilities either.
2010-10-14 21:30:13 +00:00
Hans Petter Selasky
59c9250333 Avoid using endless retransmission at EHCI hardware level, hence this hide
errors from the applications. Only use endless retransmission while in the
non-addressed state on a High-Speed device.

Approved by:    thompsa (mentor)
2010-10-14 21:26:06 +00:00
Hans Petter Selasky
1678e1358b Correct EHCI root HUB interface descriptor.
Approved by:    thompsa (mentor)
2010-10-14 21:18:18 +00:00
Hans Petter Selasky
b494261c69 Correct EHCI port register read.
Approved by:    thompsa (mentor)
2010-10-14 21:14:33 +00:00
Hans Petter Selasky
6001d01180 - Add more USB devices to usbdevs and rename some previously unknown ones.
- Add more USB mass storage quirks.

Submitted by: Dmitry Luhtionov
PR: usb/149934, usb/143045
Approved by:    thompsa (mentor)
2010-10-14 21:09:37 +00:00
Hans Petter Selasky
51fd3d75fe - Add support for LibUSB in 32-bit compatibility mode.
Approved by:    thompsa (mentor)
2010-10-14 20:38:18 +00:00
Rui Paulo
ea7303d127 Revert r213765. This is required because our build infrastructure uses
the host lex instead of the lex built during buildworld. I will MFC the
lex changes soon and in a few weeks this I'll commit again r213765.
2010-10-14 19:19:19 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
96486faa6e Make sure to not use stale ip/tcp header pointers. The ip/tcp
header parser uses m_pullup(9) to get access to mbuf chain.
m_pullup(9) can allocate new mbuf chain and free old one if the
space left in the mbuf chain is not enough to hold requested
contiguous bytes. Previously drivers can use stale ip/tcp header
pointer if m_pullup(9) returned new mbuf chain.

Reported by:	Andrew Boyer (aboyer <> averesystems dot com)
MFC after:	10 days
2010-10-14 18:31:40 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
cb2f3e7f9b Backout r204230. TX mbuf parser for VLAN is still required to
enable TX checksum offloading if VLAN hardware tagging is disabled.
2010-10-14 17:57:52 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
39d76ed635 It seems some multi-port dc(4) controllers shares SROM of the first
port such that reading station address from second port always
returned 0xFF:0xFF:0xFF:0xFF:0xFF:0xFF Unfortunately it seems there
is no easy way to know whether SROM is shared or not. Workaround
the issue by traversing dc(4) device list and see whether we're
using second port and use station address of controller 0 as base
station address of second port.

PR:		kern/79262
MFC after:	2 weeks
2010-10-14 17:22:38 +00:00
Matthew D Fleming
3f237b0b0c Support firmware download. 2010-10-14 16:44:44 +00:00
Matthew D Fleming
13ac67a784 Re-work the internals of adding items to the driver's scatter-gather
list.  Use the new internals to simplify adding transaction context
elements, and in future diffs, more complicated SGLs.
2010-10-14 16:44:05 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
7ed3f0f0e8 Fix a regression introduced in r213710. r213710 removed the use of
auto polling such that it made all controllers obtain link status
information from the state of the LNKRDY input signal. Broadcom
recommends disabling auto polling such that driver should rely on
PHY interrupts for link status change indications. Unfortunately it
seems some controllers(BCM5703, BCM5704 and BCM5705) have PHY
related issues so Linux took other approach to workaround it.
bge(4) didn't follow that and it used to enable auto polling to
workaround it. Restore this old behavior for BCM5700 family
controllers and BCM5705 to use auto polling. For BCM5700 and
BCM5701, it seems it does not need to enable auto polling but I
restored it for safety.
Special thanks to marius who tried lots of patches with patience.

Reported by:	marius
Tested by:	marius
2010-10-13 22:29:48 +00:00
Hans Petter Selasky
7e05daae8f USB network (NCM driver):
- correct the ethernet payload remainder which
must be post-offseted by -14 bytes instead of
0 bytes. This is not very clearly defined in the
NCM specification.
- add development feature about limiting the
maximum datagram count in each NCM payload.
- zero-pad alignment data
- add TX-interval tuning sysctl

Approved by:    thompsa (mentor)
2010-10-13 22:04:55 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
d4f5240abd Add more checks for resolved link speed in bge_miibus_statchg().
Link UP state could be reported first before actual completion of
auto-negotiation. This change makes bge(4) reprogram BGE_MAC_MODE,
BGE_TX_MODE and BGE_RX_MODE register only after controller got a
valid link.
2010-10-13 21:53:37 +00:00
Hans Petter Selasky
d751769d2c USB Network:
- Add new driver for iPhone tethering
- Supports the iPhone 3G/3GS/4G ethernet protocol

Approved by:    thompsa (mentor)
2010-10-13 21:36:42 +00:00
Hans Petter Selasky
fb78ea8bd1 USB WLAN:
- Add new device ID

PR:	usb/150989
Approved by:    thompsa (mentor)
2010-10-13 20:56:54 +00:00
Hans Petter Selasky
d58bfbb688 USB network (UHSO):
- Correct network interface flags.

PR:	usb/149039
Submitted by:	Fredrik Lindberg
Approved by:    thompsa (mentor)
2010-10-13 20:51:06 +00:00
Hans Petter Selasky
3b6f59eeaa Correct some root HUB descriptor fields in multiple controller drivers.
Remove an unused structure.

Approved by:    thompsa (mentor)
2010-10-13 20:37:19 +00:00
Rui Paulo
3065282fdb Revert r213793. 2010-10-13 17:38:23 +00:00
Rui Paulo
eab0cdc504 Don't do a logical AND of the result of strcmp() with a constant.
Found with:	clang
2010-10-13 17:17:50 +00:00
Jung-uk Kim
1debbf5d79 Clean up unused headers. 2010-10-13 17:06:25 +00:00
Jung-uk Kim
e41724b279 Remove acpi_bus_number() completely. It had to be removed in r212761.
Pointed out by:	jhb
2010-10-13 16:30:41 +00:00
Rui Paulo
30aa84b727 Pass a format string to make_dev(). 2010-10-13 14:41:52 +00:00
Rui Paulo
577fedb6b1 Fix a brain-o: wrong case statement semantics.
Found with:	clang
2010-10-13 14:39:54 +00:00
Rui Paulo
a6d8c83fd9 WPA_CSE_WEP104 was being incorrectly checked.
Found with:	clang
2010-10-13 14:37:52 +00:00
Rui Paulo
1d90e6b224 Mark acpi_bus_number() as __unused. This allows clang to this file
without any warnings.
2010-10-13 11:38:24 +00:00
Rui Paulo
cd1fa5bd4d Explicitly tell the compiler that we don't care about the return value
of kbdd_ioctl().
2010-10-13 11:37:12 +00:00
Rui Paulo
c42a2be28f Define YY_NO_INPUT. This makes aicasm buildable by clang with Werror
turned on.
2010-10-13 10:33:01 +00:00
Jung-uk Kim
ac731af567 Use AcpiReset() from ACPICA instead of rolling our own, which is actually
incomplete.  If FADT says the register is available, enable the capability
by default.  Remove the previous default value from acpi(4).
2010-10-13 00:21:53 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
a4431eba57 Protect bge(4) from accessing invalid NIC internal memory regions
on BCM5906.

Tested by:	Buganini < buganini <> gmail dot com >
2010-10-12 19:31:25 +00:00
Matthew D Fleming
45b40ad0da Always set cm_complete_data before calling mps_config_complete().
Reviewed by:	ken
2010-10-12 19:24:29 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
5e2f96bf69 Fix a regression introduced in r213495. r213495 disabled mini
receive producer ring only for BCM5700. It was believed that
BCM5700 with external SSRAM is the only controller that supports
mini ring but it seems all BCM570[0-4] requires to disable mini
receive producer ring. Otherwise, it caused unexpected RX DMA
error or watchdog timeouts.

Reported by:	marius, Steve Kargl <sgk <> troutmask dot apl dot washington dot edu>
Tested by:	marius, Steve Kargl <sgk <> troutmask dot apl dot washington dot edu>
2010-10-12 19:22:03 +00:00
Andriy Gapon
5ff14fa9b4 acpi_ec: changes in communication with hardware
Short description of the changes:
- attempt to retry some commands for which it is possible (read, query)
- always make a short sleep before checking EC status in polled mode
- periodically poll EC status in interrupt mode
- change logic for detecting broken interrupt delivery and falling back
  to polled mode
- check that EC is ready for input before starting a new command, wait
  if necessary

This commit is based on the original patch by David Naylor.

PR:		kern/150517
Submitted by:	David Naylor <naylor.b.david@gmail.com>
Reviewed by:	jkim
MFC after:	3 weeks
2010-10-12 17:53:01 +00:00
Bernhard Schmidt
40668dc52b Fix monitor mode which is implemented by doing a firmware scan. This
is a port of stable/6, seems like the code got lost during the
background scan changes in r170530.

Pointed out by:	danfe
MFC after:	2 weeks
2010-10-12 16:52:13 +00:00
Joel Dahl
4e33fc946d Small grammar nit in a printf message. 2010-10-12 11:05:32 +00:00
Gleb Smirnoff
19f5434963 We already have dummy receive buffer in sc->buffer.
Suggested by:	hselasky
2010-10-12 09:41:42 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
66151edf96 The IFF_DRV_RUNNING flag is set at the end of bge_init_locked. But
before setting the flag, interrupt was already enabled such that
interrupt handler could be run before setting IFF_DRV_RUNNING flag.
This can lose initial link state change interrupt which in turn
make bge(4) think that it still does not have valid link. Fix this
race by protecting the taskqueue with a driver lock.
While I'm here move reenabling interrupt code after handling of link
state chage.

Reviewed by:	davidch
2010-10-11 23:07:12 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
6ede2cfa12 Remove one last reference of BGE_MI_MODE register for auto polling.
Previously bge(4) always enabled auto polling for non-BGE_FLAG_TBI
controllers. With this change, auto polling is not used anymore so
polling through mii(4) was introduced.

Reviewed by:	davidch
2010-10-11 22:56:23 +00:00
Matthew D Fleming
d95f15e7aa Re-work the internal user ioctl command table, and support the FW_UPLOAD
command.

Reviewed by:	ken (previous version)
2010-10-11 22:44:15 +00:00
Matthew D Fleming
452909d7d9 Add function prototypes for static functions.
Requested by:	ken
2010-10-11 22:44:05 +00:00
Matthew D Fleming
01095e3bf1 Fix a memory leak and locking inconsistency in mps(4) ioctl handling.
Check copyin(9) for error and sanity check the length before copyin.

Reviewed by:	ken
2010-10-11 21:38:31 +00:00
Matthew D Fleming
5ef9804274 Fix up the COMPAT_FREEBSD32 ioctl logic for mps(4).
Reviewed by:	ken
2010-10-11 21:26:24 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
f95779d97e Do not setup interrupt endpoint for axe(4).
It seems axe(4) controllers support interrupt endpoint such that
enabling interrupt endpoint generates about 1000 interrupts/sec.
Controllers transfer 8 bytes data through interrupt endpoint and
the data include link UP/DOWN state as well as some PHY related
information. Previously axe(4) didn't use the transferred data and
didn't even try to read the data. Because axe(4) counts on mii(4)
to detect link state changes there is no need to use interrupt
endpoint here.

This change fixes generation of unnecessary interrupts which was
seen when interface is brought to UP.

No objections from:	hselasky
2010-10-11 19:20:53 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
3a429c8f0e Do not blindly UP the interface when interface's MTU is changed. If
driver is not running there is no need to up the interface. While
I'm here hold driver lock before modifying MTU as it is referenced
in RX handler.
2010-10-08 17:58:07 +00:00
Ed Maste
2c7dee3bf5 In r207768 I silenced a console warning from rum(4). There was legitimate
opposition to the change, since really we need to implement missing
functionality in drivers or the 802.3 layer.

For now, restore a reminder message for a missing rum_update_mcast, but
print it only once.
2010-10-08 01:03:30 +00:00
Kenneth D. Merry
1476ba4087 Turn on serialization of task management commands going down to the
controller, but make it optional.

After a problem report from Andrew Boyer, it looks like the LSI
chip may have issues (the watchdog timer fired) if too many aborts
are sent down to the chip at the same time.  We know that task
management commands are serialized, and although the manual doesn't
say it, it may be a good idea to just send one at a time.

But, since I'm not certain that this is necessary, add a tunable
and sysctl variable (hw.mps.%d.allow_multiple_tm_cmds) to control
the driver's behavior.

mps.c:		Add support for the sysctl and tunable, and add a
		comment about the possible return values to
		mps_map_command().

mps_sas.c:	Run all task management commands through two new
		routines, mpssas_issue_tm_request() and
		mpssas_complete_tm_request().

		This allows us to optionally serialize task
		management commands.  Also, change things so that
		the response to a task management command always
		comes back through the callback.  (Before it could
		come via the callback or the return value.)

mpsvar.h:	Add softc variables for the list of active task
		management commands, the number of active commands,
		and whether we should allow multiple active task
		management commands.  Add an active command flag.

mps.4:		Describe the new sysctl/loader tunable variable.

Sponsored by:	Spectra Logic Corporation
2010-10-07 21:56:10 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
84ac96f8ab Fix a long standing bug which regarded some revisions of controller
as 5788. This caused BGE_MISC_LOCAL_CTL register is used to
generate link state change interrupt for non-5788 controllers. The
interrupt handler may or may not detect link state attention as
status block wouldn't be updated when an interrupt was generated
with BGE_MISC_LOCAL_CTL register. All controllers except 5700 and
5788 should use host coalescing mode register to trigger an
interrupt.
2010-10-07 17:14:50 +00:00
Alexander Motin
7be95fbbf9 Add ID for Vodafone (ZTE) Mobile Broadband K3565-Z modem.
Reviewed by:	hselasky
2010-10-07 09:07:48 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
8a315a6de4 Add more comments to rings supported by the controller. Different
versions of controller support different number of ring control
blocks such that adjust code a bit to access known number of
send/receive ring control blocks. Previously bge(4) blindly
accessed 16 send/receive RCBs. Also move initializing standard
receive producer ring producer index, jumbo receive producer ring
producer index and mini receive producer ring producer index to
the end of each receive producer ring initialization.

Do not assume mini receive producer ring is available only when
controller has jumbo frame capability, instead explicitly check
ASIC version BCM5700 to disable mini receive producer ring.

Additionally always enable send ring 0 regardless of controller
versions. Previously bge(4) didn't enable send ring 0 if controller
is BGE_IS_5705_PLUS. Becase bge(4) need 1 send ring to send frames
at least, I have no idea how it would have worked so far.

Submitted by:	davidch
2010-10-06 21:23:57 +00:00
Doug Ambrisko
584d21f69e Add the capability to read the complete contents of the NVRAM via sysctl
dev.bce.<unit>.nvram_dump
Add the capability to write the complete contents of the NVRAM via sysctl
	dev.bce.<unit>.nvram_write
These are only available if the kernel option BCE_DEBUG is enabled.
The nvram_write sysctl also requires the kernel option
BCE_NVRAM_WRITE_SUPPORT to be enabled.  These are to be used at your
own caution.  Since the MAC addresses are stored in the NVRAM, if you
dump one NIC and restore it on another NIC the destination NIC's
MAC addresses will not be preserved.  A tool can be made using these
sysctl's to manage the on-chip firmware.

Reviewed by:	davidch, yongari
2010-10-06 18:36:50 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
88a7c5d464 Remove bge_tx_buf_ratio, unused member of softc. 2010-10-06 17:47:13 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
a813ed787f Overhaul MII register access routine and remove unnecessary
BGE_MI_MODE register accesses. Previously bge(4) used to read
BGE_MI_MODE register to detect whether it needs to disable
autopolling feature or not. Because we don't touch autopolling in
other part of driver there is no reason to read BGE_MI_MODE
register given that we know default value in advance. In order to
achieve the goal, check whether the controller has CPMU(Central
Power Mangement Unit) capability. If controller has CPMU feature,
use 500KHz MII management interface(mdio/mdc) frequency regardless
core clock frequency. Otherwise use default MII clock. While I'm
here, add CPMU register definition.

In bge_miibus_readreg(), rearrange code a bit and remove goto
statement. In bge_miibus_writereg(), make sure to restore
autopolling even if MII write failed. The delay time inserted after
accessing BGE_MI_MODE register increased from 40us to 80us.

The default PHY address is now stored in softc. All PHYs supported
by bge(4) currently uses PHY address 1 but it will be changed when
we add newer controllers. This change will make it easier to change
default PHY address depending on PHY models.

Submitted by:	davidch
2010-10-06 17:35:27 +00:00
Gleb Smirnoff
a4cd76e4a2 Remove extra assignment. 2010-10-06 14:29:50 +00:00
Gleb Smirnoff
fb7a4d496b Add support to Alcatel/TCTMobile X080S USB 3G modem. The device needs
special eject command to reappear as modem. It also requires DIR_IN flag
in the command message, so we supply some dummy data along with the command.

Feedback from X080S owners appreciated. I have not a pure Alcatel/TCTMobile
device, but another one under "Svyaznoy" (Связной) brand, and I didn't yet
managed to get it working. It is successfully recognized, it responds to
AT commands, but it shuts up right after successfull CONNECT response.

Reviewed by:	hps
2010-10-06 14:29:00 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
7d3d9608d1 Fix bge(4) build breakage when BGE_REGISTER_DEBUG is defined. 2010-10-06 01:23:40 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
eea8956a5b Rearrange code a bit to correctly set PHY flags. This change make
it easy to add more newer ASICs.

Obtained from:	OpenBSD
2010-10-05 23:24:58 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
757402fba0 Separate common flags into controller specific and PHY related
flags. There should be no functional changes. This change will make
it easy to add more quirk/flags in future.

Reviewed by:	davidch
2010-10-05 23:03:48 +00:00
Hans Petter Selasky
c791ca5046 Print out correct USB connection speed for USB 3.0 mass storage devices.
Approved by:    thompsa (mentor)
2010-10-04 23:30:44 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
ad05f0993c RX buffer allocation failure is not an input error. Controller
successfully received a frame but we failed to pass it to upper
stack due to lack of resources. So update if_iqdrops counter
instead of updating if_ierrors counter.
2010-10-04 23:25:38 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
402215616a Don't count input error twice. uether_rxbuf() already updated that
counter.
2010-10-04 23:19:31 +00:00
Hans Petter Selasky
963169b4af This commit adds full support for USB 3.0 devices in host and device
mode in the USB core.  The patch mostly consists of updating the USB
HUB code to support USB 3.0 HUBs. This patch also add some more USB
controller methods to support more active-alike USB controllers like
the XHCI which needs to be informed about various device state events.

USB 3.0 HUBs are not tested yet, due to lack of hardware, but are
believed to work.

After this update the initial device descriptor is only read twice
when we know that the bMaxPacketSize is too small for a single packet
transfer of this descriptor.

Approved by:    thompsa (mentor)
2010-10-04 23:18:05 +00:00
Hans Petter Selasky
2ecb4e919f Add missing #if's
Approved by:    thompsa (mentor)
2010-10-04 22:50:08 +00:00
Hans Petter Selasky
b64cf89faf Add more strict USB string filtering.
Approved by:    thompsa (mentor)
2010-10-04 22:45:17 +00:00
Hans Petter Selasky
8f9750b7fd Serialise USB re-enumeration with the USB explore thread.
This patch can solve problems when multiple USB devices are
re-enumerated at the same time on the same bus.

Approved by:    thompsa (mentor)
2010-10-04 22:21:30 +00:00
Hans Petter Selasky
ce4092bda4 Correct IOCTL return code.
Approved by:    thompsa (mentor)
2010-10-04 22:04:22 +00:00
Hans Petter Selasky
7b039740b7 Add missing USB 3.0 definitions. Correct some wrong ones.
Approved by:    thompsa (mentor)
2010-10-04 21:38:10 +00:00
Hans Petter Selasky
864bc41261 Add missing DRIVER_MODULE() entry for the musbotg driver.
Add some more comments.

Approved by:    thompsa (mentor)
2010-10-04 21:30:15 +00:00
Hans Petter Selasky
3df007ce6b The root mount hold reference was not released on USB controller
attach failures during boot. Fix this.

Approved by:    thompsa (mentor)
2010-10-04 21:24:10 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
465a52e06d Make upper stack know driver's output status. This change increased
TX performance from 221kpps to 231kpps.
2010-10-04 21:01:27 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
b8e98004a9 Move updating TX packet counter to the inside of send loop. axe(4)
controllers combine multiple TX requests into single one if there
is room in TX buffer of controller. Updating TX packet counter at
the end of TX completion resulted in incorrect TX packet counter as
axe(4) thought it sent 1 packet. There is no easy way to know how
many combined TX were completed in the callback.
Because this change updates TX packet counter before actual
transmission, it may not be ideal one. But I believe it's better
than showing fake 8kpps under high TX load. With this change, TX
shows 221kpps on Linksus USB200M.
2010-10-04 20:49:38 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
d255f2a9df Enable fix for read DMA FIFO overruns on controllers that have this
fix. Note, we still need workaround for controllers that lacks this
fix and it needs more work in RX BD updating.

Submitted by:	davidch
2010-10-04 18:09:01 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
1cd4773b5d Consistently use ifHCOutOctets/ifHCInOctets instead of Octets as
these names are used in data sheet. Also use UnicastPkts,
MulticastPkts and BroadcastPkts instead of UcastPkts, McastPkts
and BcastPkts to clarify its meaning.

Suggested by:	bde
2010-10-04 18:01:23 +00:00
George V. Neville-Neil
51c070572e Fix two aliases that had the same name but were pointing to different
events.  These are now disamiguated.

MFC after:	1 week
2010-10-04 17:22:18 +00:00
Marius Strobl
5e34065c6c Remove an header that apart from the license is empty. 2010-10-03 17:05:25 +00:00
Marius Strobl
d7a9ad5688 Consistently always explicitly set IFM_HDX for half-duplex.
Obtained from:	OpenBSD (mostly)
2010-10-03 17:00:57 +00:00
Hans Petter Selasky
1354026034 Commit initial version of new XHCI driver which was written from
scratch. This driver adds support for USB3.0 devices. The XHCI
interface is also backwards compatible to USB2.0 and USB1.0 and will
evntually replace the OHCI/UHCI and EHCI drivers.

There will be follow-up commits during the coming week to link the
driver into the default kernel build and add missing USB3.0
functionality in the USB core. Currently only the driver files are
committed.

Approved by:	thompsa (mentor)
2010-10-03 08:12:17 +00:00
Marius Strobl
de1add1e45 - In the spirit of previous simplifications factor out the checks for a
different PHY instance being selected and isolation out into the wrappers
  around the service methods rather than duplicating them over and over
  again (besides, a PHY driver shouldn't need to care about which instance
  it actually is).
- Centralize the check for the need to isolate a non-zero PHY instance not
  supporting isolation in mii_mediachg() and just ignore it rather than
  panicing, which should sufficient given that a) things are likely to
  just work anyway if one doesn't plug in more than one port at a time and
  b) refusing to attach in this case just leaves us in a unknown but most
  likely also not exactly correct configuration (besides several drivers
  setting MIIF_NOISOLATE didn't care about these anyway, probably due to
  setting this flag for no real reason).
- Minor fixes like removing unnecessary setting of sc->mii_anegticks,
  using sc->mii_anegticks instead of hardcoded values etc.
2010-10-02 18:53:12 +00:00
Marius Strobl
915d4d4a17 Try to adhere to style(9) and be consistent within this file. 2010-10-02 17:20:30 +00:00
Konstantin Belousov
d000b49d26 Cosmetic: make it less confusing when displaying RAID 1 level, that might
be 1+0 as well.

PR:	kern/150936
MFC after:	2 weeks
2010-10-02 08:18:19 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
1888f3246c Remove extra semicolon. 2010-10-01 17:51:55 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
7aa4b937e0 Allow write DMA to request larger DMA burst size to get better
performance on BCM5785.

Obtained from:	OpenBSD
2010-10-01 17:46:15 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
d8b57f98ab Fix IFCAP_TXCSUM/IFCAP_RXCSUM handling. Previously bge(4) used
IFCAP_HWCSUM to know which capability should be changed such that
disabling RX checksun offloading resulted in disabling TX checksum
offloading.
2010-09-30 22:34:15 +00:00
Alexander Motin
3a2c9a26b5 Do not use regular interrupts on NVidia HPETs. NVidia MCP5x chipsets have
number of unexplained interrupt problems. For some reason, using HPET
interrupts there breaks HDA sound. Legacy route mode interrupts reported
to work fine there.
2010-09-30 16:23:01 +00:00
Alexander Motin
ba8834a379 Revert r132291.
Restore setting PIO/WDMA timings for VIA UDMA133 controllers.
Linux disables only AST register writing there, but no all timings.
2010-09-30 16:09:52 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
2280c16b56 Implement hardware MAC statistics for BCM5705 or newer Broadcom
controllers. bge(4) exported MAC statistics on controllers that
maintain the statistics in the NIC's internal memory. Newer
controllers require register access to fetch these values. These
counters provide useful information to diagnose driver issues.
2010-09-29 21:56:31 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
6854be25a8 After r207391, brgphy(4) passes resolved flow-control settings to
parent driver. Use that information to configure flow-control.
One drawback is there is no way to disable flow-control as we still
don't have proper way to not advertise RX/TX pause capability to
link partner. But I don't think it would cause severe problems and
users can selectively disable flow-control in switch port.
2010-09-29 21:19:25 +00:00
Oleksandr Tymoshenko
5f958b8534 Fix legal staff in GPIO sources:
- license clause now contains "AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS"
        instead of just "AUTHOR"
    - Add license/copyright to gpioc.c

Spotted by: Edward Tomasz Napierala, Andrew Turner
2010-09-29 20:53:33 +00:00
Ed Maste
851f59d7e2 Previously, the aac driver did not handle enclosure management AIFs,
which were raised during hot-swap events. Now such events trigger cam
rescans, as is done in the mps driver.

Submitted by:	Mark Johnston <mjohnston at sandvine dot com>
2010-09-29 14:22:00 +00:00
John Baldwin
2d43c32e3c If rt2560_bbp_init() fails, don't drop the lock as the callers of
rt2560_init_locked() expect the lock to be held on return.

Reported by:	Anton Shterenlikht  mexas of bristol ac uk
MFC after:	1 week
2010-09-29 11:52:44 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
dedcdf574b Set the number of RX frames to receive after RX MBUF low watermark
has reached. This reduced number of dropped frames when
flow-control is enabled. Previously it dropped incoming frames once
RX MBUF low watermark has reached. The value used in MAC RX MBUF
low watermark is greater than or equal to 4 so receiving two more
RX frames should not be a problem.

Obtained from:	OpenBSD
2010-09-29 00:00:45 +00:00
Oleksandr Tymoshenko
6b34b16ea5 Initial GPIO bus support. Includes:
- GPIO bus controller interface
  - GPIO bus interface
  - Implementation of GPIO led(4) compatible device
  - Implementation of iic(4) bus over GPIO (author: Luiz Otavio O Souza)

Tested by: Luiz Otavio O Souza, Alexandr Rybalko
2010-09-28 03:24:53 +00:00
Jack F Vogel
7d9119bdc4 Update code from Intel:
- Sync shared code with Intel internal
	- New client chipset support added
	- em driver - fixes to 82574, limit queues to 1 but use MSIX
	- em driver - large changes in TX checksum offload and tso
	  code, thanks to yongari.
	- some small changes for watchdog issues.
	- igb driver - local timer watchdog code was missing locking
	  this and a couple other watchdog related fixes.
	- bug in rx discard found by Andrew Boyer, check for null pointer

MFC: a week
2010-09-28 00:13:15 +00:00
Marius Strobl
7b9a15f73c Use the mii_data provided via mii_attach_args and mii_pdata respectively
instead of reaching out for the softc of the parent.
2010-09-27 20:31:03 +00:00
Marius Strobl
485fc5eb4e - Remove clause 3 and 4 from TNF licenses.
- Remove closes 3 & 4 from Manuel Bouyer's license.

Obtained from:	NetBSD
2010-09-26 22:11:41 +00:00
Marius Strobl
cd23a6e019 Take mpt_req_on_{free,pending}_list() out from under INVARIANTS as these
are generally useful and not just for debugging.
2010-09-24 23:54:03 +00:00
Marius Strobl
67a1357c25 Improve r56796; the reply handler actually may remove the request from
the chain in which case it shouldn't be removed twice.
Reported by:	Staale Kristoffersen

MFC after:	1 week
2010-09-24 16:40:46 +00:00
Alexander Motin
433d4558c1 Add missing le32toh(), same as recently done in ata-siliconimage.c. 2010-09-24 07:14:14 +00:00
Oleksandr Tymoshenko
ea14ae7aed - Do not place variables to memory allocated by busdma. pre/post ops
might invalidate cache and hence effectively void validity of values
2010-09-24 04:46:46 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
1432824670 Always show asic/chip revision in device attach phase. There are
too many bge(4) controllers there and model name does not
necessarily match asic/chip revision. Relying on VPD string made
it hard to identify exact asic/chip revision so the first step to
debug bge(4) was getting exact asic/chip information with verbose
boot which may not be available on production server.
2010-09-23 18:55:54 +00:00
Jayachandran C.
831826341b Add missing byteswap, works on big endian systems now (tested on Netlogic
XLS MIPS processor).

Submitted by:	Sreekanth M. S. <kanthms at netlogicmicro dot com>
Reviewed by:	mav
2010-09-23 05:17:36 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
4a4dd474db Fix build breakage introduced in r212972. 2010-09-22 16:48:24 +00:00
Alexander Motin
48fe2e6719 Quick fix for unmotivated C2 state usage during boot, introduced at r212541.
That caused LAPIC timer failure and huge delays during boot on some systems.
2010-09-22 11:32:22 +00:00
Andriy Gapon
9c2d052943 acpi_attach: do not explicitly install default handlers for default
address spaces

There has been no need to do that starting with ACPICA 20040427 as
AcpiEnableSubsystem() installs the handlers automatically.
Additionaly, explicitly calling AcpiInstallAddressSpaceHandler before
AcpiEnableSubsystem is not supported by ACPICA and leads to too early
execution of _REG methods in some DSDTs, which may result in problems.

Big thanks to Robert Moore of ACPICA/Intel for explaining the above.

Reported by:	Daniel Bilik <daniel.bilik@neosystem.cz>
Tested by:	Daniel Bilik <daniel.bilik@neosystem.cz>
Reviewed by:	jkim
Suggested by:	"Moore, Robert" <robert.moore@intel.com>
MFC after:	1 week
2010-09-22 06:10:22 +00:00
MIHIRA Sanpei Yoshiro
87b6f1855b Add new device ids.
Buffalo (Melco Inc.) LUA3-U2-AGT
 Logitec LAN-GTJ/U2A(usb/119981)

PR:		usb/119981 and me
Submitted by:	"Y.Okabe" <be_works_us at yahoo.com>, hiroo at oikumene.gcd.org
Reviewed by:	thompsa
MFC after:	3 days
2010-09-21 22:42:14 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
fc05868abd Remove unnecessary controller reinitialization.
PR:	kern/87506
2010-09-21 17:52:32 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
e9dfd82ff1 Remove unnecessary controller reinitialization.
StarFire controller does not require controller reinitialization to
program perfect filters. While here, make driver immediately exit
from interrupt/polling handler if driver reinitialized controller.

PR:	kern/87506
2010-09-21 17:42:19 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
744ec7f282 Make sure to clear IFF_DRV_RUNNING to reinitialize controller.
While I'm here update if_oerrors counter when driver encounters
watchdog timeout.
2010-09-21 17:31:14 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
b7dc7dd4f5 Remove unnecessary controller reinitialization.
PR:	kern/87506
2010-09-21 17:25:15 +00:00
John Baldwin
8385f4cf94 Tweak the stats exported by the e1000 drivers:
- Add a single sysctl procedure to all three drivers to read an arbitrary
  register (the register is passed as arg2).  Use it to replace existing
  routines in igb(4) that used a separate routine for each register, and
  to add support for missing stats in em(4) and lem(4).
- Move the 'rx_overruns' and 'watchdog_timeouts' stats out of the MAC stats
  section as they are driver stats, not MAC counters.
- Simplify the code that creates per-queue stats in igb(4) to use a single
  loop and remove duplicated code.
- Properly read all 64 bits of the 'good octets received/transmitted' in
  em(4) and lem(4).
- Actually read the interrupt count registers in em(4), and drop the
  'host to card' sysctl stats from em(4) as they are not implemented in
  any of the hardware this driver supports.
- Restore several stats to em(4) that were lost in the earlier stats
  conversion including per-queue stats.
- Export several MAC stats in em(4) that were exported in igb(4) but not
  in em(4).
- Export stats in lem(4) using individual sysctls as in em(4) and igb(4).

Reviewed by:	jfv
MFC after:	1 week
2010-09-20 16:04:44 +00:00
Bernhard Schmidt
71203720f3 Fix typo in previous commit. 2010-09-19 12:52:23 +00:00
Bernhard Schmidt
d8ac0e6633 Rewrite parts of the calibration code which is run while bringing up
the device:
- unobscure some of the code by moving it into its own functions
- get rid of some magic numbers
- create similar structure as the reference driver has, this should
  make further syncs easier
2010-09-19 12:47:41 +00:00
Bernhard Schmidt
0fc7c4008f Group functions used for initial calibration. 2010-09-19 12:39:04 +00:00
Nick Hibma
15dba72121 Cleanup white space and typos. 2010-09-18 22:37:47 +00:00
Jung-uk Kim
a90b8833d2 Rework r210248. Although it fixed most of problems, it did not fix one
particular edge case where X-axis resolution is not multiple of font width.
Now we just advance enough scan lines, then deduct a partial scan line.
It is more intuitive than the previous code.  Apply the same wisdom to EGA
and VGA planar renderers for consistency.

Reported by:	David DEMELIER (demelier dot david at gmail dot com)
2010-09-17 23:09:31 +00:00
Kenneth D. Merry
0b883cf6b4 Fix a couple of mps problems.
When the driver is completely saturated with commands (1024 in the
case of the SAS2008 in my test system), I/O stops.  If we tell CAM
that we have one less command slot than we have actually allocated,
everything works fine.  We also need a few extra command slots to
allow for aborts and other task management commands to be sent down.

This needs more investigation to determine the root cause, but for
now this fixes things in my testing.

mps.c:		Change a printf() to mps_printf().

mps_sas.c:	Subtract 5 command slots when we tell CAM how many
		commands we can handle.

		Add some commented-out logic to print the contents
		the CDBs for timed-out commands.  This can help
		in debugging devices that are timing out.  This
		will be uncommented once I bring some CAM changes in.

Reported by:	Andrew Boyer <aboyer at averesystems dot com>
2010-09-17 21:53:56 +00:00
Ed Maste
dbb34a64a0 Use device_printf where possible, and otherwise at least include the
driver name in printf strings.

Reported by:	Mark Johnston
2010-09-16 23:33:24 +00:00
Kenneth D. Merry
63feedfd46 MFp4 (//depot/projects/mps/...):
According to the MPT2 spec, task management commands are
serialized, and so no I/O should start while task management
commands are active.

So, to comply with that, freeze the SIM queue before we send any
task management commands (abort, target reset, etc.) down to the
IOC.  We unfreeze the queue once the task management command
completes.

It isn't clear from the spec whether multiple simultaneous task
management commands are supported.  Right now it is possible to
have multiple outstanding task management commands, especially in
the abort case.  Multiple outstanding aborts do complete
successfully, so it may be supported.

We also don't yet have any recovery mechanism (e.g. reset the IOC)
if the task management command fails.
2010-09-16 22:54:56 +00:00
Xin LI
9ed03f0231 status bits should be &'ed against status to be really functional.
Reported by:	Jike Song
Reviewed by:	yongari
MFC after:	1 week
2010-09-16 21:06:23 +00:00
Jung-uk Kim
01b36cb089 Remove an unnecessary hack from ACPICA 20100915 (r212761). 2010-09-16 20:11:40 +00:00
Jung-uk Kim
42fecd1294 Merge ACPICA 20100915. 2010-09-16 20:08:00 +00:00
Attilio Rao
dfe2c294f3 Implement device unbusying via a cdevpriv destructor.
Suggested by:	jhb
Tested by:	Mark Johnston <mjohnston at sandvine dot com>
Reviewed by:	emaste, jhb
MFC after:	10 days
X-MFC:		r212661
2010-09-16 17:49:10 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
767c3593eb Fix incorrect RX BD producer updates. The producer index was
already updated after allocating mbuf so driver had to use the last
index instead of using next producer index. This should fix driver
hang which may happen under high network load.

Reported by:	Igor Sysoev <is <> rambler-co dot ru>, Vlad Galu <dudu <> dudu dot ro>
Tested by:	Igor Sysoev <is <> rambler-co dot ru>, Vlad Galu <dudu <> dudu dot ro>
MFC after:	10 days
2010-09-16 17:32:37 +00:00
Matthew D Fleming
4e6571599b Re-add r212370 now that the LOR in powerpc64 has been resolved:
Add a drain function for struct sysctl_req, and use it for a variety
of handlers, some of which had to do awkward things to get a large
enough SBUF_FIXEDLEN buffer.

Note that some sysctl handlers were explicitly outputting a trailing
NUL byte.  This behaviour was preserved, though it should not be
necessary.

Reviewed by:    phk (original patch)
2010-09-16 16:13:12 +00:00
Alexander Motin
bf12976c76 Fix panic, when due to some kind of congestion on FIS-based switching
port multiplier some command triggers false positive timeout, but then
completes normally.

MFC after:	2 weeks
2010-09-16 12:39:50 +00:00
Marius Strobl
65f2c0ff58 Merge r207585 from cas(4):
- Don't probe for PHYs if we already know to use a SERDES. Unlike as with
  cas(4) this only serves to speed up the the device attach though and can
  only be determined via the OFW device tree but not from the VPD.
- Don't touch the MIF when using a SERDES.
- Add some missing bus space barriers, mainly in the PCS code path.
2010-09-16 09:29:48 +00:00
Navdeep Parhar
225f5b4adc Fix t3_gate_rx_traffic and t3_open_rx_traffic. Parts of them always operated
on XGMAC0 instead of the specified XGMAC.

MFC after:	3 days
2010-09-15 21:50:37 +00:00
Attilio Rao
04f798ecea Fix bogus busying mechanism from cdevsw callbacks:
- D_TRACKCLOSE may be used there as d_close() are expected to match up
  d_open() calls
- Replace the hand-crafted counter and flag with the
  device_busy()/device_unbusy() proper usage.

Sponsored by:	Sandvine Incorporated
Reported by:	Mark Johnston <mjohnston at sandvine dot com>
Tested by:	Mark Johnston
Reviewed by:	emaste

MFC after:	10 days
2010-09-15 14:24:21 +00:00
Ed Maste
435c8a15cf Add some enums and constants from Adaptec's latest driver
(build 17911).
2010-09-15 01:19:11 +00:00
Marius Strobl
6c3c4d7109 Use saner nsegments and maxsegsz parameters when creating certain DMA tags;
tags for 1-byte allocations cannot possibly be split across 2 segments and
maxsegsz must not exceed maxsize.
2010-09-14 20:41:06 +00:00
Kenneth D. Merry
cb1d2fe2cd MFp4: (//depot/projects/mps/...)
Report data overruns properly.

Submitted by:	scottl
2010-09-14 17:22:06 +00:00
Ed Maste
3e50771086 Avoid repeatedly spamming the console while a timed out command is waiting
to complete.  Instead, print one message after the timeout period expires,
and one more when (if) the command eventually completes.

MFC after:	1 month
2010-09-14 01:51:04 +00:00
Jung-uk Kim
f6ff063a6e Fix segment:offset calculation of interrupt vector for relocated video BIOS
when the original offset is bigger than size of one page.  X86BIOS macros
cannot be used here because it is assumed address is only linear in a page.

Tested by:	netchild
2010-09-13 19:58:46 +00:00
Matthew D Fleming
404a593e28 Revert r212370, as it causes a LOR on powerpc. powerpc does a few
unexpected things in copyout(9) and so wiring the user buffer is not
sufficient to perform a copyout(9) while holding a random mutex.

Requested by: nwhitehorn
2010-09-13 18:48:23 +00:00
Andriy Gapon
09c22c66e1 acpi_cpu: do not apply P_LVLx_LAT rules to latencies returned by _CST
ACPI specification sates that if P_LVL2_LAT > 100, then a system doesn't
support C2; if P_LVL3_LAT > 1000, then C3 is not supported.
But there are no such rules for Cx state data returned by _CST.  If a
state is not supported it should not be included into the return
package.  In other words, any latency value returned by _CST is valid,
it's up to the OS and/or user to decide whether to use it.

Submitted by:	nork
Suggested by:	mav
MFC after:	1 week
2010-09-13 09:51:24 +00:00
Alexander Motin
a157e42516 Refactor timer management code with priority to one-shot operation mode.
The main goal of this is to generate timer interrupts only when there is
some work to do. When CPU is busy interrupts are generating at full rate
of hz + stathz to fullfill scheduler and timekeeping requirements. But
when CPU is idle, only minimum set of interrupts (down to 8 interrupts per
second per CPU now), needed to handle scheduled callouts is executed.
This allows significantly increase idle CPU sleep time, increasing effect
of static power-saving technologies. Also it should reduce host CPU load
on virtualized systems, when guest system is idle.

There is set of tunables, also available as writable sysctls, allowing to
control wanted event timer subsystem behavior:
  kern.eventtimer.timer - allows to choose event timer hardware to use.
On x86 there is up to 4 different kinds of timers. Depending on whether
chosen timer is per-CPU, behavior of other options slightly differs.
  kern.eventtimer.periodic - allows to choose periodic and one-shot
operation mode. In periodic mode, current timer hardware taken as the only
source of time for time events. This mode is quite alike to previous kernel
behavior. One-shot mode instead uses currently selected time counter
hardware to schedule all needed events one by one and program timer to
generate interrupt exactly in specified time. Default value depends of
chosen timer capabilities, but one-shot mode is preferred, until other is
forced by user or hardware.
  kern.eventtimer.singlemul - in periodic mode specifies how much times
higher timer frequency should be, to not strictly alias hardclock() and
statclock() events. Default values are 2 and 4, but could be reduced to 1
if extra interrupts are unwanted.
  kern.eventtimer.idletick - makes each CPU to receive every timer interrupt
independently of whether they busy or not. By default this options is
disabled. If chosen timer is per-CPU and runs in periodic mode, this option
has no effect - all interrupts are generating.

As soon as this patch modifies cpu_idle() on some platforms, I have also
refactored one on x86. Now it makes use of MONITOR/MWAIT instrunctions
(if supported) under high sleep/wakeup rate, as fast alternative to other
methods. It allows SMP scheduler to wake up sleeping CPUs much faster
without using IPI, significantly increasing performance on some highly
task-switching loads.

Tested by:	many (on i386, amd64, sparc64 and powerc)
H/W donated by:	Gheorghe Ardelean
Sponsored by:	iXsystems, Inc.
2010-09-13 07:25:35 +00:00
Alexander Motin
373d257ef0 Add tunable 'hint.hpet.X.per_cpu' to specify how much per-CPU timers driver
should provide if there is sufficient hardware. Default is 1.
2010-09-13 06:32:56 +00:00
Alexander Motin
6184f8d60e Instead of storing last event timestamp, store the next event timestamp.
It corrects handling of the first event offset in emulated periodic mode.
2010-09-12 11:11:53 +00:00
Marius Strobl
cdb25d827e Change OF_interpret() to also take an array of cell_t (missed in r209801).
Reviewed by:	nwhitehorn
2010-09-11 18:55:00 +00:00
Andriy Gapon
f5aadc99a6 make acpi_hp device a child of acpi_wmi
to properly reflect dependency between the devices/drivers

PR:		kern/147858
Suggested by:	jhb
Tested by:	Maciej Suszko <maciej@suszko.eu>
MFC after:	1 week
2010-09-11 08:09:14 +00:00
Kenneth D. Merry
d3c7b9a08a MFp4 (//depot/projects/mps/...)
Bring in a driver for the LSI Logic MPT2 6Gb SAS controllers.

This driver supports basic I/O, and works with SAS and SATA drives and
expanders.

Basic error recovery works (i.e. timeouts and aborts) as well.

Integrated RAID isn't supported yet, and there are some known bugs.

So this isn't ready for production use, but is certainly ready for
testing and additional development.  For the moment, new commits to this
driver should go into the FreeBSD Perforce repository first
(//depot/projects/mps/...) and then get merged into -current once
they've been vetted.

This has only been added to the amd64 GENERIC, since that is the only
architecture I have tested this driver with.

Submitted by:	scottl
Discussed with:	imp, gibbs, will
Sponsored by:	Yahoo, Spectra Logic Corporation
2010-09-10 15:03:56 +00:00
Andriy Gapon
3d844eddb7 bus_add_child: change type of order parameter to u_int
This reflects actual type used to store and compare child device orders.
Change is mostly done via a Coccinelle (soon to be devel/coccinelle)
semantic patch.
Verified by LINT+modules kernel builds.

Followup to:	r212213
MFC after:	10 days
2010-09-10 11:19:03 +00:00
Bernhard Schmidt
571d92b012 Fix firmware module dependencies.
malo and mwl use the firmware framework to access firmware images.
Depending on the firmware modules itself is not required and in this
case even wrong because no modules with those names exist.

Pointed out by:	brucec
MFC after:	1 week
2010-09-10 08:11:48 +00:00
John Baldwin
d1a02e0932 Catch up to rename of the constant for the Master Data Parity Error bit in
the PCI status register.

Pointed out by:	mdf
Pointy hat to:	jhb
2010-09-09 20:26:30 +00:00
Matthew D Fleming
10e0075ddb Fix an incorrect use of sbuf_overflowed() after a call to sbuf_finish(). 2010-09-09 18:35:08 +00:00
Matthew D Fleming
dd67e2103c Add a drain function for struct sysctl_req, and use it for a variety of
handlers, some of which had to do awkward things to get a large enough
FIXEDLEN buffer.

Note that some sysctl handlers were explicitly outputting a trailing NUL
byte.  This behaviour was preserved, though it should not be necessary.

Reviewed by:	phk
2010-09-09 18:33:46 +00:00
John Baldwin
da6b22afaf - Rename the constant for the Master Data Parity Error flag in the
PCI status register to map its current name.
- Use PCIM_* rather than PCIR_* for constants for fields in various AER
  registers.  I got about half of them right in the previous commit.

MFC after:	1 week
2010-09-09 18:19:15 +00:00
Nathan Whitehorn
c14e163ad1 Fix a problem where device detection would work unreliably on Serverworks
K2 SATA controllers. The chip's status register must be read first, and
as a long, for other registers to be correctly updated after a command, and
this includes the command sequence in device detection as well as the
previously handled case after interrupts. While here, clean up some
previous hacks related to this controller.

Reported by:	many
Reviewed by:	mav
MFC after:	3 weeks
2010-09-09 13:17:30 +00:00
Ed Schouten
1901fd2ffe Let psm(4) use si_drv1 to refer to its softc. 2010-09-09 07:52:15 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
a8924cde73 Correct definition of T2 mode bit of MRBE Message Page 5 Next Page
Control Register.
2010-09-08 21:08:54 +00:00
John Baldwin
79c2de35b5 - Add register definitions related to extended capability IDs in
PCI-express.  I used PCIZ_* for ID constants (plain capability IDs use
  PCIY_*).
- Add register definitions for the Advanced Error Reporting, Virtual
  Channels, and Device Serial Number extended capabilities.
- Teach pciconf -c to list extended as well as plain capabilities.   Adds
  more detailed parsing for AER, VC, and device serial numbers.

MFC after:	2 weeks
2010-09-08 17:53:34 +00:00
Alexander Motin
b28fc1b5c8 During SMP startup there is time window, when SMP started, but interrupts
are still bound to BSP. It confuses timer management logic in per-CPU mode
and may cause timer not being reloaded. Check such cases on interrupt
arival and reload timer to give system some more time to manage proper
binding.
2010-09-08 16:59:22 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
a64ee4e18f Consistently use tab characters instead of tab + space characters.
No functional changes.
2010-09-07 23:08:38 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
beab55bfc5 Remove trailing CR at EOL. 2010-09-07 22:44:29 +00:00
Jack F Vogel
26c88ee828 Code correction in refresh_mbufs, just continuing
without index recalc was wrong.
2010-09-07 21:28:45 +00:00
Jack F Vogel
d9f1a5aa8e Tighten up the rx mbuf refresh code, there were some
discrepencies from the igb version which was the target.

Change the message when neither MSI or MSIX are enabled
and a fallback to Legacy interrupts happen, the existing
message was confusing.
2010-09-07 20:13:08 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
12c65daeaf Make sure to create DMA'able memory for statistics block. This was
missed in r212061 and it caused crashes for 570x controllers as
controller DMAed statistics to physical address 0.

Reported by:	kan
2010-09-07 18:29:29 +00:00
Andriy Gapon
9fa1edb882 acpi_hp: fix bus attachment code
- add identify method to create driver's own device_t
- successfully probe only driver's own device_t instead of any device_t
- (ab)use device order to hopefully be probed/attached after acpi_wmi

PR:		kern/147858
Tested by:	Maciej Suszko <maciej@suszko.eu>
MFC after:	1 week
2010-09-06 07:34:32 +00:00
Alexander Motin
af82b9a9ee Add support for the Sharp/Micron flash chips to powermac_mvram(4).
Tested on PowerMac G4 AGP.

Reviewed by:	nwhitehorn
2010-09-05 20:04:02 +00:00
Alexander Motin
09538b1020 Several improvements to HPET driver:
- Add special check for case when time expires before being programmed.
This fixes interrupt loss and respectively timer death on attempt to
program very short interval. Increase minimal supported period to more
realistic value.
 - Add support for hint.hpet.X.allowed_irqs tunable, allowing manually
specify which interrupts driver allowed to use. Unluckily, many BIOSes
program wrong allowed interrupts mask, so driver tries to stay on safe
side by not using unshareable ISA IRQs. This option gives control over
this limitation, allowing more per-CPU timers to be provided, when FSB
interrupts are not supported. Value of this tunable is bitmask.
 - Do not use regular interrupts on virtual machines. QEMU and VirtualBox
do not support them properly, that may cause problems. Stay safe by default.
Same time both QEMU and VirtualBox work fine in legacy_route mode.
VirtualBox also works fine if manually specify allowed ISA IRQs with above.
2010-09-05 19:24:32 +00:00
Fabien Thomas
2aef9dd6d3 Fix invalid class removal when IAF is not the last class.
Keep IAF class with 0 PMC and change the alias in libpmc to IAP.

MFC after:	1 week
2010-09-05 13:31:14 +00:00
Bjoern A. Zeeb
3887319477 Fix a compile problem introduced with r212008 on 32bit:
Both deadline and current_time are time_seconds (+ utc_offset())
casted to unsigned long long. No need to cast to or print as pointers.

MFC after:	4 days
2010-09-04 16:27:14 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
443f331ec5 Fix another bug introduced in r212109. We should unload DMA maps
only after sending the last fragment of a frame so the mbuf pointer
also should be stored in the last descriptor index.
2010-09-03 18:00:17 +00:00
Andriy Gapon
b1f9b9965b acpi: update stale comments about order of cpu devices probing
These comments should have been updated in r203776 when the order was
changed.

Pointyhat to:	avg
MFC after:	3 days
2010-09-03 08:07:04 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
0af3989be9 Initial WOL support. NS DP8315 was tested but SiS900/SiS7016 was
not tested.
While I'm here, clean up SIOCSIFCAP handler.
2010-09-03 00:34:45 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
7968da57dc Implement initial device suspend/resume method. 2010-09-02 22:37:13 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
94222398d1 Unlike most other controllers, NS DP83815/DP83816 controllers seem
to pad with 0xFF when it encounter short frames.  According to RFC
1042 the pad bytes should be 0x00.
Because manual padding consumes extra CPU cycles, introduce a new
tunable which controls the padding behavior. Turning this tunable
on will have driver pad manually but it's disabled by default. Users
can enable software padding by setting the following tunable to
non-zero value.

dev.sis.%d.manual_pad="1"

PR:	kern/35422 (patch not used)
2010-09-02 18:10:11 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
74e8a3238f Fix the last endianness issue on handling station address which
prevented driver from working on big-endian machines. Also rewrite
station address programming to make it work on strict-alignment
architectures. With this change, sis(4) now works on sparc64 and
performance number looks good even though sis(4) have to apply
fixup code to align received frames on 2 bytes boundary on sparc64.
2010-09-02 17:51:41 +00:00
Jung-uk Kim
90017de999 Disable video ROM shadowing by default as I originally intended. I found
a case where video ROM for an IGP is too tightly coupled with system BIOS
to get relocated.
2010-09-02 17:22:12 +00:00
Dag-Erling Smørgrav
2cd149f045 Remove the freelist, which simply duplicates some of the zone allocator's
functionality.

Submitted by:	Daniel Braniss <danny@cs.huji.ac.il>
MFC after:	3 weeks
2010-09-02 14:13:43 +00:00
Alexander Motin
a6c48c7c72 Add fix for SiI3114 and SiI3512 chips bug, which caused sending R_ERR in
response to DMA activate FIS under certain circumstances. This is
recommended fix from chip datasheet. If triggered, this bug most likely
cause write command timeout.

MFC after:	2 weeks
2010-09-02 12:32:29 +00:00
Alexander Motin
a250a687f7 SATA1.x SiliconImage controllers on power-on reset TFD Status register into
value 0xff. On hot-plug this value confuses ata_generic_reset() device
presence detection logic. As soon as we already know drive presence from
SATA hard reset, hint ata_generic_reset() to wait for device signature
until success or full timeout.
2010-09-02 11:18:43 +00:00
Andrew Thompson
ae538d8533 Reduce the need to accesss struct usb_device by providing functions to access
the product, manufacturer and serial strings.

Submitted by:	Hans Petter Selasky
2010-09-02 04:39:45 +00:00
Andrew Thompson
d2d71ce7a8 Add support for power mode filtering as some USB hardware does not support
power saving.

Submitted by:	Hans Petter Selasky
2010-09-02 04:05:00 +00:00
Andrew Thompson
527aa7b226 Change argument for usbd_get_dma_delay() from USB bus to USB device, some
embedded hardware needs to know exactly which device is in question before it
exactly can decide the required delay.

Submitted by:	Hans Petter Selasky
2010-09-02 04:01:18 +00:00
Andrew Thompson
dd5c0f870a Fix setting of the rx_max and tx_max variables. If the expected buffer size is
greater than 65535 bytes then the CDC driver might not work as expected, which
is not likely with the existing USB speeds.

Submitted by:	Hans Petter Selasky
2010-09-02 03:55:08 +00:00
Andrew Thompson
1f27b68522 Fix UMS_BUTTON_MAX define name 2010-09-02 03:52:04 +00:00
Andrew Thompson
13226c4c02 Fix build breakage from r212127 2010-09-02 03:50:11 +00:00
Andrew Thompson
edd913eb1a Add GPIO programming for more PHY hardware.
Submitted by:	yongari
2010-09-02 03:47:07 +00:00
Andrew Thompson
ee6e1a6f5a Add support for extra buttons on the Kensington Slimblade Trackball.
Submitted by:	Lee, Chung-Yeol
2010-09-02 03:44:56 +00:00
Andrew Thompson
a6eb83193e Silence debug error by default.
PR:		usb/141212
Submitted by:	Hans Petter Selasky
2010-09-02 03:42:26 +00:00
Andrew Thompson
8d8bdb018d We need to grab a node reference count to vap->iv_bss before using it as it is
possible for the node to be replaced and freed at any time by
ieee80211_sta_join1().
2010-09-02 03:28:03 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
8c6cd8631f Fix stupid error in r212109 which didn't swap DMA maps. This caused
IOMMU panic on sparc64 under high TX load.
2010-09-02 00:44:05 +00:00
Andrew Thompson
910cb8feb9 Add missing MODULE_VERSION() definitions, this resolves problems around
duplicate module loads.

PR:		usb/125736
Submitted by:	danger, mm
Reviewed by:	hselasky
2010-09-01 23:47:53 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
7723fa2e04 Move sis_reset() to sis_initl(). This ensures driver starts with
known good state of controller.
2010-09-01 22:50:11 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
d199ef7e0d Avoid controller reinitialization which could be triggered by
dhclient(8) or alias addresses are added.

PR:	kern/87506
2010-09-01 22:16:25 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
ae9e8d4935 Do not reinitialize controller whenever promiscuous mode or
allmulti is toggled. Controller does not require reinitialization.
This removes unnecessary controller reinitialization whenever
tcpdump is used.
While I'm here remove unnecessary variable reinitialization.
2010-09-01 22:08:23 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
fc58ee15ff Report result of link state change to caller. Previously it always
returned success.
2010-09-01 21:44:36 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
d7b57e79e5 Overhaul link state change handling. Previously sis(4) blindly
configured TX/RX MACs before getting a valid link. After that, when
link state change callback is called, it called device
initialization again to reconfigure TX/RX MACs depending on
resolved link state. This hack created several bad side effects and
it required more hacks to not collide with sis_tick callback as
well as disabling switching to currently selected media in device
initialization. Also it seems sis(4) was used to be a template
driver for long time so other drivers which was modeled after
sis(4) also should be changed.

TX/RX MACs are now reconfigured after getting a valid link. Fix for
short cable error is also applied after getting a link because it's
only valid when the resolved speed is 100Mbps.

While I'm here slightly reorganize interrupt handler such that
sis(4) always read SIS_ISR register to see whether the interrupt is
ours or not. This change removes another hack and make it possible
to nuke sis_stopped variable in softc.
2010-09-01 21:42:19 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
91c265b83d s/u_intXX_t/uintXX_t/g 2010-09-01 19:53:15 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
a629f2b183 bus_dma(9) cleanup.
o Enforce TX/RX descriptor ring alignment. NS data sheet says the
   controller needs 4 bytes alignment but use 16 to cover both SiS
   and NS controllers. I don't have SiS data sheet so I'm not sure
   what is alignment restriction of SiS controller but 16 would be
   enough because it's larger than the size of a TX/RX descriptor.
   Previously sis(4) ignored the alignment restriction.
 o Enforce RX buffer alignment, 4.
   Previously sis(4) ignored RX buffer alignment restriction.
 o Limit number of TX DMA segment to be used to 16. It seems
   controller has no restriction on number of DMA segments but
   using more than 16 looks resource waste.
 o Collapse long mbuf chains with m_collapse(9) instead of calling
   expensive m_defrag(9).
 o TX/RX side bus_dmamap_load_mbuf_sg(9) support and remove
   unnecessary callbacks.
 o Initial endianness support.
 o Prefer local alignment fixup code to m_devget(9).
 o Pre-allocate TX/RX mbuf DMA maps instead of creating/destroying
   these maps in fast TX/RX path. On non-x86 architectures, this is
   very expensive operation and there is no need to do that.
 o Add missing bus_dmamap_sync(9) in TX/RX path.
 o watchdog is now unarmed only when there are no pending frames
   on controller. Previously sis(4) blindly unarmed watchdog
   without checking the number of queued frames.
 o For efficiency, loaded DMA map is reused for error frames.
 o DMA map loading failure is now gracefully handled. Previously
   sis(4) ignored any DMA map loading errors.
 o Nuke unused macros which are not appropriate for endianness
   operation.
 o Stop embedding driver maintained structures into descriptor
   rings. Because TX/RX descriptor structures are shared between
   host and controller, frequent bus_dmamap_sync(9) operations are
   required in fast path. Embedding driver structures will increase
   the size of DMA map which in turn will slow down performance.
2010-09-01 19:33:40 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
1d885b48c1 Nuke unnecessary return at the end of function. 2010-09-01 18:41:59 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
cc26c0fd68 style(9) - space after keywords. 2010-09-01 18:39:35 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
8eca70be71 Remove leading and trailing white spaces.
No functional changes.
2010-09-01 18:28:08 +00:00
Alexander Motin
901c71c704 Increase device reset timeout from 10 to 15 seconds, same as in ahci(4).
Some devices found need about 10-12 seconds to spinup.
2010-09-01 06:43:41 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
175f87424f Remove unnecessary atomic operation in bge_poll. bge(4) always
holds a driver lock in the function entry and
memory synchronization is handled by bus_dmamap_sync(9).
2010-08-31 20:56:18 +00:00
Jung-uk Kim
c74dea9cc1 Make sure the interrupt entry point is within the video ROM range. We must
not change interrupt vector if it is not pointing the ROM itself.  Actually,
we just fail shadowing altogether if that is the case because the shadowed
copy will be useless for sure and POST may not be relocatable or useful.
While I'm here, fix a debugging message under bootverbose, really.  r211829
fixed one case but broke another.  Mea Culpa.
2010-08-31 20:21:52 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
95a0a340f4 bge_txeof() already checks whether it has to free transmitted mbufs
or not by comparing reported TX consumer index with saved index. So
remove unnecessary check done after freeing transmitted mbufs.
While I'm here nuke unnecessary variable initializations.
2010-08-31 19:59:18 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
38cc61518b Handle PAE case correctly. You cannot effectively specify a 4GB
boundary in PAE case so use a 2GB boundary for PAE as suggested by
jhb.

Pointed out by:	jhb
Reviewed by:	jhb
2010-08-31 18:48:09 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
5b610048ec Split common parent DMA tag into ring DMA tag and TX/RX mbuf DMA
tag. All controllers that are not BCM5755 or higher have 4GB
boundary DMA bug. Previously bge(4) used 32bit DMA address to
workaround the bug(r199670). However this caused the use of bounce
buffers such that it resulted in poor performance for systems which
have more than 4GB memory. Because bus_dma(9) honors boundary
restriction requirement of DMA tag for dynamic buffers, having a
separate TX/RX mbuf DMA tag will greatly reduce the possibility of
using bounce buffers. For DMA buffers allocated with
bus_dmamem_alloc(9), now bge(4) explicitly checks whether the
requested memory region crossed the boundary or not.
With this change, only the DMA buffer that crossed the boundary
will use 32bit DMA address. Other DMA buffers are not affected as
separate DMA tag is created for each DMA buffer.
Even if 32bit DMA address space is used for a buffer, the chance to
use bounce buffer is still very low as the size of buffer is small.
This change should eliminate most usage of bounce buffers on
systems that have more than 4GB memory.

More correct fix would be teaching bus_dma(9) to honor boundary
restriction for buffers created with bus_dmamem_alloc(9) but it
seems that is not easy.

While I'm here cleanup bge_dma_map_addr() and remove unnecessary
member variables in bge_dmamap_arg structure.

Tested by:	marcel
2010-08-31 17:33:48 +00:00
Xin LI
08390ba4c9 Drain watchdog callouts before detaching. This prevents a panic while
unloading the kernel module.

Submitted by:	Tom Cough
2010-08-30 21:33:33 +00:00
Xin LI
a806ad4021 Vendor update to version 3.80.06.003 to fix a panic with ZFS when under
heavy I/O load.

Many thanks to LSI for continuing to support FreeBSD.

PR:		kern/149968
Submitted by:	LSI (Tom Couch)
Reported by:	Kai Kockro <kkockro web de>
Tested by:	Kai Kockro, jpaetzel
MFC after:	7 days
2010-08-30 19:15:04 +00:00
Alexander Motin
90400bed63 MFata(4):
Add Intel Cougar Point PCH SATA Controller DeviceIDs. Correct some existing
entries for Intel Ibex Peak (5 Series/3400 Series) PCH SATA controllers.
2010-08-28 07:24:45 +00:00
Alexander Motin
bfc8500c34 Add Intel Cougar Point PCH SATA Controller DeviceIDs. Correct some existing
entries for Intel Ibex Peak (5 Series/3400 Series) PCH SATA controllers.

Submitted by:	jfv@
MFC after:	1 week
2010-08-28 07:10:51 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
dd20cce19a Do not allocate multicast array memory in multicast filter
configuration function. For failed memory allocations, em(4)/lem(4)
called panic(9) which is not acceptable on production box.
igb(4)/ixgb(4)/ix(4) allocated the required memory in stack which
consumed 768 bytes of stack memory which looks too big.

To address these issues, allocate multicast array memory in device
attach time and make multicast configuration success under any
conditions. This change also removes the excessive use of memory in
stack.

Reviewed by:	jfv
2010-08-28 00:34:22 +00:00
Jack F Vogel
f0d5a975b3 Add Intel Cougar Point PCH HD Audio Controller ID
MFC in a week
2010-08-28 00:23:13 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
880a50b513 If em(4) failed to allocate RX buffers, do not call panic(9).
Just showing some buffer allocation error is more appropriate
action for drivers. This should fix occasional panic reported on
em(4) when driver encountered resource shortage.

Reviewed by:	jfv
2010-08-28 00:16:49 +00:00
Jack F Vogel
6d23f8741b Add Intel Cougar Point PCH LPC Controller Device IDs
for watchdog support. Also add additional Intel Ibex
Peak (5 Series/3400 Series) PCH IDs.

MFC after a week
2010-08-28 00:09:46 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
ad1917be37 Do not call voluntary panic(9) in case of if_alloc() failure.
Reviewed by:	jfv
2010-08-28 00:09:19 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
5c8080f0d9 Make sure not to access unallocated stats memory.
Reviewed by:	jfv
2010-08-27 23:50:13 +00:00
Jack F Vogel
dce8a362df Add support for Intel Cougar Point SMBus controller.
MFC afer 1 week
2010-08-27 23:24:08 +00:00
Jung-uk Kim
2b13785931 Fix a debugging message under bootverbose. This address is not linear. 2010-08-25 22:48:18 +00:00
Jung-uk Kim
a73f383ee9 Add an experimental feature to shadow video BIOS. Long ago, this trick was
supported by many BIOSes to improve performance of VESA BIOS calls for real
mode OSes but it is not our intention here.  However, this may help some
platforms where the video ROMs are inaccessible after suspend, for example.
Note it may consume up to 64K bytes of contiguous memory depending on video
controller model when it is enabled.  This feature can be disabled by
setting zero to 'debug.vesa.shadow_rom' loader tunable via loader(8) or
loader.conf(5).  The default is 1 (enabled), for now.
2010-08-25 22:09:02 +00:00
Warner Losh
253953cd5b On second thought, we need to force 16-bit mode 2010-08-25 02:09:07 +00:00
Warner Losh
e94b9f21a8 Prodded by Yongari, add support for Holtek HT80232. Add the device
ID, plus the ability to force '16-bit mode' which really means NE-2000
mode.  Other open source drivers suggest that the Holtek misbehaves if
you allow the 8-bit probe.  Also, all of the PCI chips emulate
NE-2000ish cards, so always force 16-bit mode for memory transfers.

PR:		84202 (patch not used)
2010-08-25 02:03:48 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
3ca447da3d Remove unnecessary controller reinitialization.
PR:	kern/87506
2010-08-24 19:41:15 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
6a085e6341 vr_init_locked() will stop and reset the controller. Remove
unnecessary vr_stop()/vr_reset() calls.
2010-08-24 18:44:12 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
9fb40e0a9b Remove unnecessary controller reinitialization.
CAM filter handling was rewritten long time ago so it should not
require controller reinitialization.

PR:	kern/87506
2010-08-24 18:40:11 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
7c45b43651 Add PNP id for Compex RL2000.
I'm not sure whether adding this logical id is correct or not
because Compex RL2000 is in the list of supported hardware list.
I guess the Compex RL2000 could be PCI variant while the controller
in question is ISA controller. It seems PNP compat id didn't match
or it had multiple compat ids so isa_pnp_probe() seemed to return
ENOENT.

PR:	kern/80853
2010-08-24 18:17:40 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
820b53e152 Fix a possible unaligned access to savebyte array.
PR:	kern/122195
2010-08-23 21:40:03 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
9ae11bbaa6 Implement basic WOL support. Note, not all xl(4) controllers
support WOL. Some controllers require additional 3-wire auxiliary
remote wakeup connector to draw power. More recent xl(4)
controllers may not need the wakeup connector though.
2010-08-23 19:18:50 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
ac68109179 Move xl_reset() to xl_init_locked(). This will make driver
initialize controller from a known good state. Previously driver
used to issue controller reset while TX/RX DMA are in progress.
I guess resetting controller in active TX/RX DMA cycle is to ensure
stopping I/Os in xl_shutdown(). I remember some buggy controllers
didn't respond with stop command if controller is under high
network load at the time of shutdown so resetting controller was
the only safe way to stop the I/Os. However, from my experiments,
controller always responded with stop command under high network
load so I think it's okay to remove the xl_reset() in
device_shutdown handler.
Resetting controller also will clear configured RX filter which
in turn will make WOL support hard because driver have to reprogram
RX filter in WOL handler as well as setting station address.
2010-08-23 18:51:31 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
27b031a9ad Remove unnecessary controller reinitialization by checking
IFF_DRV_RUNNING flag.
2010-08-23 00:31:55 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
a3835274a4 Clean up SIOCSIFCAP handler and allow RX checksum offloading could
be controlled by user.
2010-08-23 00:24:12 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
35f945cd62 It seems all Broadcom controllers have a bug that can generate UDP
datagrams with checksum value 0 when TX UDP checksum offloading is
enabled.  Generating UDP checksum value 0 is RFC 768 violation.
Even though the probability of generating such UDP datagrams is
low, I don't want to see FreeBSD boxes to inject such datagrams
into network so disable UDP checksum offloading by default.  Users
still override this behavior by setting a sysctl variable or loader
tunable, dev.bge.%d.forced_udpcsum.

I have no idea why this issue was not reported so far given that
bge(4) is one of the most commonly used controller on high-end
server class systems. Thanks to andre@ who passed the PR to me.

PR:	kern/104826
2010-08-22 01:39:09 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
7e32f79a44 Load tunable from loader.conf(5) instead of device.hints(5). 2010-08-21 23:13:16 +00:00
Jack F Vogel
1ed622958d Eliminate the ambiguous queue setting logic for
the VF, it made it possible to have 2 queues which
we don't want, the HOST is unable to handle it.
2010-08-19 17:00:33 +00:00
Rui Paulo
187278cadc For every instance of '.if ${CC} == "foo"' or '.if ${CC} != "foo"' in
Makefiles or *.mk files, use ${CC:T:Mfoo} instead, so only the basename
of the compiler command (excluding any arguments) is considered.

This allows you to use, for example, CC="/nondefault/path/clang -xxx",
and still have the various tests in bsd.*.mk identify your compiler as
clang correctly.

ICC if cases were also changed.

Submitted by:	Dimitry Andric <dimitry at andric.com>
2010-08-17 20:39:28 +00:00
Adrian Chadd
a122fea4ff Add s25sl064a, an 8mb SPI flash part. 2010-08-17 16:27:13 +00:00
John Baldwin
62508c531e Add a new method to the PCI bridge interface, PCIB_POWER_FOR_SLEEP(). This
method is used by the PCI bus driver to query the power management system
to determine the proper device state to be used for a device during suspend
and resume.  For the ACPI PCI bridge drivers this calls
acpi_device_pwr_for_sleep().  This removes ACPI-specific knowledge from
the PCI and PCI-PCI bridge drivers.

Reviewed by:	jkim
2010-08-17 15:44:52 +00:00
Navdeep Parhar
21d68a68bf Fix tx pause quanta and timer calculations.
MFC after:	3 days
2010-08-15 20:52:15 +00:00
Navdeep Parhar
3dd6d7570f Always reset the XGMAC's XAUI PCS on a link up.
MFC after:	3 days
2010-08-15 20:45:16 +00:00
Navdeep Parhar
61cb6c9076 wakeup is required if the adapter lock is released anywhere during
init and not just for the may_sleep case.

Pointed out by:	Isilon
MFC after:	3 days
2010-08-15 20:34:51 +00:00
Adrian Chadd
f70c72aa0c Fix indenting/whitespace issues introduced by me. 2010-08-15 11:40:53 +00:00
Adrian Chadd
5674f4a799 The comment is misleading - that register setting seems to kick off the
initial chip NF cal.
2010-08-15 11:32:05 +00:00
Bernhard Schmidt
ad8e331bf2 Introduce IEEE80211_C_RATECTL, drivers which use the ratectl framework
should set this capability.

MFC after:	2 weeks
2010-08-14 20:12:10 +00:00
Adrian Chadd
627e7864f1 A local addition, not imported from ath9k.
AR_PHY_CALMODE is explicitly reset on interface reset for other chipsets;
this commit also sets it for the AR9160.
2010-08-14 15:48:18 +00:00
Adrian Chadd
6a0c1a60c0 * Merge in AR9160 initval updates from Linux-2.6.34.
* Grab the AR_PHY_CCA and AR_PHY_EXT_CCA initvals from Linux wireless-testing.

Obtained from: Linux-2.6.34
2010-08-14 15:46:18 +00:00
Adrian Chadd
49d2d79b7a Merge in a fix for the power/(gain?) calculation. Apply it to both
the 5416/9160 and 9285 code paths.

Obtained from:	OpenWRT r22123, 522-ath9k_pwrcal_fix.patch
2010-08-14 15:29:21 +00:00
Adrian Chadd
8f279cf6e7 Fix the calibration logic to correctly clamp the calculated coefficient.
Obtained from:	OpenWRT r22123, 521-ath9k_iqcal_fix.patch
2010-08-14 15:28:15 +00:00
Adrian Chadd
e8dabfbea9 Export ath stats via snmp, rather than requiring a debugging interface
and "athstats".
2010-08-14 14:18:02 +00:00
Adrian Chadd
7ec4e6b83b Add a global counter of missed beacons.
The existing missed beacon count is reset once a beacon isn't missed.
2010-08-14 14:01:12 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
5bec76e720 Make sure to disable RX MAC in alc_stop_mac(). Previously there
was a logic error which it always enabled RX MAC.
2010-08-13 19:39:33 +00:00
Adrian Chadd
d86cdfe4b0 * Fix indentation
* Restore comment erroneously deleted from the previous commit
2010-08-12 08:39:54 +00:00
Adrian Chadd
52f81b679a Loading the NF CCA values may take longer than expected to occur.
If it does, don't then try reprogramming the NF "cap" values (ie
what values are the "maximum" value the NF can be) - instead,
just leave the current CCA value as the NF cap.

This was inspired by some similar work from ath9k. It isn't
a 100% complete solution (as there may be some reason where a
high NF CCA/cap is written, causing the baseband to stop thinking it
is able to transmit, leading to stuck beacon and interface reset)
which I'll investigate and look at fixing in a later commit.

Obtained from:	Linux
2010-08-12 06:20:54 +00:00
Adrian Chadd
5215ce1038 Use ar5212IsNFCalInProgress() to check for NF calibration progress. 2010-08-12 06:14:26 +00:00
Adrian Chadd
245f553a78 Fix indentation. 2010-08-12 06:12:39 +00:00
Adrian Chadd
ccf98f5d9d Ensure that the correct rxchainmask is used when doing calibration in the
AR5416 and later chipsets.

ath_hal_calibrateN() calls the HAL calibrateN function with rxchainmask=0x1.
This is not necessarily the case for AR5416 and later chipsets.
2010-08-12 06:11:44 +00:00
Adrian Chadd
43ff2d6aec Internal NF calibration should not occur in parallel with any other
calibration. Ensure that the NF calibration completes before continuing
with the rest of the calibration setup process.
2010-08-12 06:08:36 +00:00
Adrian Chadd
85b035b335 Add a couple of functions to check NF calibration progress / completion. 2010-08-12 06:06:14 +00:00
Takanori Watanabe
97f24f666f Add tpm(4) driver for Trusted Platform Module.
You may want to look at http://bsssd.sourceforge.net/ .

Submitted by: Hans-Joerg Hoexer <Hans-Joerg_Hoexer@genua.de>
2010-08-12 00:16:18 +00:00
John Baldwin
9f6eb14c88 Do not use %z to print a time_t. Fixes build on architectures where time_t
and size_t are different types.
2010-08-11 16:56:38 +00:00
Neel Natu
5f7eb1ff54 Start using the 'init_static_kenv()' API provided by r198561 to initialize
CFE environment variables.
2010-08-11 02:13:50 +00:00
Gavin Atkinson
f5113df97d Now that the uplcom(4) driver can autodetect the chipset type, sync the
list of devices supported by uplcom(4) with the following sources:

NetBSD  src/sys/dev/usb/uplcom.c 1.70
OpenBSD src/sys/dev/usb/uplcom.c 1.52
Linux   drivers/usb/serial/pl2303.h from kernel 2.6.35
BeOS    usb_serial/driver.c 1.32

Give several devices better descriptions, and rename
PROLIFIC2 -> NETINDEX while here to match everybody else.

MFC after:	6 weeks (after r211111)
2010-08-10 19:13:11 +00:00
Adrian Chadd
8197f57e6a Don't delay updating the longcal timer - instead, update the longcal
flag immediately so it's only set once per longcal interval.

Without this, the current AR5416 code will continuously spam NF
calibrations during a periodic calibration if the longcal flag
is set. The longcal flag wouldn't be cleared until the calibration
method indicates that calibrations are "complete".

This drops the rate of NF calibration updates down from "once every
shortcal" (ie, every 100ms) during a periodic calibration, to only
once per "longcal" interval. Spamming NF calibrations every 100ms
caused some potentially horrific issues in noisy environments as
NF calibrations can take longer than 100ms and this spamming can
cause invalid NF calibration results to be read back - leading to
missed beacons, and thus leading to a stuck beacon situation.

Stuck beacons cause interface resets, which restart calibrations.
This means that the longcal calibration runs every 100ms (shortcal)
until all initial calibrations are completed. This spamming can then
cause the above issues which leads to stuck beacons, leading to
interface resets, etc, etc. Quite annoying.
2010-08-10 07:56:56 +00:00
Adrian Chadd
8b9cd503d2 Bring over ar5416 inivals from Linux-2.6.34.
Reviewed by:	rpaulo@
Obtained from:	Linux
2010-08-10 07:48:13 +00:00
Adrian Chadd
329e425acd Re-format the ar5416 inivals to be consistent with what
Linux ath9k uses.
2010-08-10 07:47:43 +00:00
Gavin Atkinson
bc65068d4a Attempt to autodetect the cype of chipset, rather than storing this
within the device table.  This code uses the same algorithm as used in the
Linux, NetBSD and DragonflyBSD driver.

While investigating this, it became apparent that the Linux driver always
initialises the device, and not just in the PL2303HX case.  Change
uplcom(4) to do the same.

This change allows us to synchronize our device ID list with Linux and
NetBSD, without requiring knowledge of the chipset in use.

Reviewed by:	hselasky
MFC after:	6 weeks
2010-08-09 17:42:05 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
2f70ccea9f Add support for Atheros AR8151/AR8152 PCIe gigabit/fast ethernet
controller. These controllers are known as L1D(AR8151) and
L2CB/B2(AR8152). This change adds supports for the following
controllers.
 o AR8151 v1.0(L1D) gigabit ethernet controller
 o AR8151 v2.0(L1D) gigabit ethernet controller
 o AR8152 v1.1(L2CB) fast ethernet controller
 o AR8152 v2.0(L2CB2) fast ethernet controller
These controllers have the same feature of AR8131/AR8132 and
support improved power saving control. The user visible change at
this moment is reduced jumbo frame size from 9KB to 6KB. Many
thanks to Atheros for continuing to support FreeBSD.

HW donated by:	Atheros Communications, Inc.
2010-08-09 17:28:08 +00:00
Gavin Atkinson
4bb3183d46 Add entries for some devices I have locally. 2010-08-09 17:27:27 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
af1f79ce84 Add F1 PHY found on Atheros AR8151 v2.0 PCIe gigabit ethernet
controller.
2010-08-09 17:22:14 +00:00
Dag-Erling Smørgrav
c201d4532c - Add full support for header / data digests.
- Increase target limit from 4 to 64; this limit will be removed entirely
  at a later time.
- Improve recovery from lost network connections.
- Fix some potential deadlocks and a serious memory leak.
- Fix incorrect use of MH_ALIGN (instead of M_ALIGN), which makes no
  practical difference, but triggers a KASSERT with INVARIANTS.
- Fix some warnings in iscontrol(8) and improve the man page somewhat.

Submitted by:	Daniel Braniss <danny@cs.huji.ac.il>
Sponsored by:	Dansk Scanning A/S, Data Robotics Inc.
2010-08-09 12:36:36 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
497ffa52ef It seems some old Sundace(now IC Plus Corp.) controllers do not
like memory mapped register access. Typical problem from the issue
was MII access returned unreliable values. I'm not sure this comes
from lack of register flushing in MII access after accessing
STE_PHYCTL register though.
To address the issue, read hints data that controls which type of
memory mapping should be used in driver. ste(4) still prefers
memory mapping to io mapping but honor hints entered by user except
for controllers that have problems with memory mapping.
The hint to use iomapping could be given by adding the following
line to /boot/device.hints file.

hint.ste.0.prefer_iomap="1"

PR:	kern/149285
MFC after:	5 days
2010-08-09 01:47:09 +00:00
Gavin Atkinson
fe0f636233 The PL2302X can support any baud rate <= 6Mbps, allow any rate to be set.
PR:		usb/128324
Submitted by:	Mike Durian <durian shadetreesoftware.com> (original patch)
MFC after:	2 weeks
2010-08-08 20:53:00 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
a4d3574ccf Cache PCIY_PMG and PCIY_EXPRESS capability pointer to softc and use
it instead of calling pci_find_extcap().
2010-08-08 00:43:41 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
d62fc5de93 Remove unnecessary assignment. 2010-08-08 00:23:36 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
47ae892c85 Always disable ASPM L0s and enable L1 before entering into WOL
suspend state.  Also disable master clock after PHY power down,
this is supposed to save more power. The master clock should be
enabled if WOL is active.
2010-08-08 00:12:31 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
a0bca95502 Do not touch CMB TX threshold register when CMB is not used.
Note, alc(4) does not use CMB at all due to silicon bug.
2010-08-07 23:41:46 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
1e77baed0d Controller does not seem to support more than 1024 bytes DMA burst.
Limit DMA burst size to be less than or equal to 1024 bytes.
2010-08-07 23:33:06 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
e7a28130c4 Marvell model number 0x06 is 88E1101 PHY. 2010-08-07 23:16:21 +00:00
Gavin Atkinson
ce617aca0a Sync the list of devices supported by uslcom(4) with NetBSD, Linux, OpenBSD
and BeOS.  The devices supported by uslcom(4) are now in sync with:

NetBSD  src/sys/dev/usb/uslsa.c 1.11
OpenBSD src/sys/dev/usb/uslcom.c 1.20
Linux   source/drivers/usb/serial/cp210x.c from kernel 2.6.35
BeOS    usb_serial/driver.c 1.32

Two vendor/product IDs from Linux have not been added to uslcom(4):
  SILABS SAEL - This device has special code in u3g to support it
  SILABS GSM2228 - I suspect this should also be covered by u3g(4).

MFC after:	1 week
2010-08-07 16:14:40 +00:00
Gavin Atkinson
01a8caf18e Sort this file a little better: the vendors are supposed to be sorted by
vendor ID in the vendor section, and by symbolic name in the product
section.  Products are sorted by product ID.  While here, get rid of a
duplicate Microsoft Mouse entry, revealed by sorting.

MFC after:	1 week
2010-08-07 16:08:37 +00:00
Joel Dahl
7f22a6d334 Fix typo in comment. 2010-08-07 08:31:32 +00:00
Jung-uk Kim
90f06c5eae Protect shared palette and state buffer with a mutex. Remove defunct
spltty() calls while I am here.
2010-08-07 05:46:04 +00:00
Jung-uk Kim
34622ff1ab When EC burst mode is activated and multiple bytes are accessed, do not
disable and enable repeatedly, just do it once per call.  It also reduces
code duplication.  Check all parameters early and fail immediately.
2010-08-06 23:35:33 +00:00
Jung-uk Kim
709fac0616 Merge ACPICA 20100806. 2010-08-06 23:11:19 +00:00
Jack F Vogel
3b9b3fc3bf Put the early setting of the MAC type back, its
removal resulted in broken code in MSIX setup.
2010-08-06 20:55:49 +00:00
Matt Jacob
c97bb67a70 Figure which is the IO and MEM bars- do not assume that they are in
a fixed order.

PR:		149220
Obtained from:	John Baldwin
MFC after:	1 month
2010-08-06 17:27:00 +00:00
Konstantin Belousov
6aeff67cd8 Disable sync cache for the Transcend Jetflash V90. It is more specific
quirk over the general one for transcend sticks.

Submitted by:	Mykola Dzham <i levsha me>
MFC after:	1 week
2010-08-06 13:45:16 +00:00
Konstantin Belousov
f53444bc4d Mark /dev/zero and /dev/null as eternal.
In collaboration with:	pho
MFC after:	1 month
2010-08-06 09:47:48 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
7ee9ed98c6 Reduce Tx interrupt moderation timer from 50ms to 1ms. The default
value resulted in poor performance for UDP packets. With this
change, UDP bulk transfer performance is more than 940Mbps.

While I'm here fix a wrong register definition.
2010-08-06 00:50:16 +00:00
John Baldwin
7d23a9b3d5 - Retire acpi_pcib_resume(). It is has just been an alias for
bus_generic_resume() since the pci_link(4) driver was added.
- Change the ACPI PCI-PCI bridge driver to inherit most of its methods
  from the generic PCI-PCI bridge driver.  In particular, this will now
  restore PCI config registers for ACPI PCI-PCI bridges.

Tested by:	Oleg Sharoyko  osharoiko of gmail
2010-08-05 16:10:12 +00:00
Gavin Atkinson
af9800150c Do not free sc if attach failed, as it was allocated by the bus
infrastructure, not us.  This appears to be a leftover from an older
version of the driver.

Submitted by:	avg
Tested by:	Anton Shterenlikht <mexas bristol.ac.uk>
MFC after:	1 week
X-MFC-Note:	To stable/8 and stable/7 only
2010-08-04 07:49:40 +00:00
Xin LI
28a54cacee Catch known CPUs before using IA32_TEMPERATURE_TARGET.
This way we would have an opportunity to hide the
Tj(target) value doesn't seem right stuff if we know
it's not working there.

Add temperature value for Core2 Duo Extreme Mobile that
I have access to.
2010-08-04 00:25:13 +00:00
Oliver Fromme
d191ee22b1 Add support for ATI Radeon HD 4250.
PR:		kern/149041
Submitted by:	olli
Reviewed by:	rnoland
Approved by:	des (mentor)
MFC after:	1 week
2010-08-03 16:30:56 +00:00
Xin LI
e5fdd9de2c Change copyright holder to author. We prefer using a real legal
entity for copyright holders.

Approved by:	sephe
MFC after:	3 days
2010-07-30 17:51:22 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
f39cf57f91 Consistently check header type after reading PCIR_HDRTYPE register.
While I'm here use defined macro instead of using magic numbers for
header type.

Reviewed by:	jhb
2010-07-29 20:42:38 +00:00
Xin LI
a3bc0a4e5c Improve cputemp(4) driver wrt newer Intel processors, especially
Xeon 5500/5600 series:

 - Utilize IA32_TEMPERATURE_TARGET, a.k.a. Tj(target) in place
   of Tj(max) when a sane value is available, as documented
   in Intel whitepaper "CPU Monitoring With DTS/PECI"; (By sane
   value we mean 70C - 100C for now);
 - Print the probe results when booting verbose;
 - Replace cpu_mask with cpu_stepping;
 - Use CPUID_* macros instead of rolling our own.

Approved by:	rpaulo
MFC after:	1 month
2010-07-29 19:08:22 +00:00
George V. Neville-Neil
ee6a02813b Make sure that we clear the correct bits when we turn off
a PMC.  It was possible that we could have turned a bit on but
never cleared it.

Extend the calls to rdmsr() to all necessary functions, not
just those which previously caused a panic.

Pointed out by: jhb@
MFC after:	1 week
2010-07-29 17:52:23 +00:00
John Baldwin
c280c7d482 Fix test for double-nul characters that terminate the string table at
the end of each SMBIOS/DMI structure.

Submitted by:	Dmitrij Tejblum @ yandex.ru
MFC after:	3 days
2010-07-29 13:46:37 +00:00
Neel Natu
762aad8142 Fix 'pciconf -a' by providing an implementation of PCIOCATTACHED.
Reviewed by:	imp
MFC after:	1 week
Pointed out by:	Heymian Wong (heymian at mit.alum.edu)
Sponsored by:	NetApp
2010-07-29 06:27:41 +00:00
Tijl Coosemans
317a3ce2c5 Add quirk for Apacer HT202 USB 2.0 Flash Drive.
PR:		usb/107243
Approved by:	kib (mentor)
MFC after:	1 week
2010-07-28 18:56:01 +00:00
Gavin Atkinson
61bb77d415 Provide descriptions for three vendors and four devices in usbdevs. Use
the official vendor listed for 0x076b, rather than Omnikey, as in the PR.

PR:		usb/123351
Submitted by:	Marcin Cieslak <saper SYSTEM.PL>
MFC after:	1 week
2010-07-28 17:38:43 +00:00
Gavin Atkinson
082dbb0d11 Add support for the Corega CG-USBRS232R to uplcom(4)
PR:		usb/129173
Submitted by:	SHIMAOKA Shunsuke <shimaoka.shunsuke gmail.com>
MFC after:	1 week
2010-07-28 16:29:10 +00:00
Matthew D Fleming
370808da5f Fix clang warning on empty statement.
Reviewed by:    rdivacky, zml
Approved by:    zml (mentor)
2010-07-28 16:24:11 +00:00
Matthew D Fleming
a767c78e4a Fix clang warning on empty statement.
Reviewed by:    rdivacky, zml
Approved by:    zml (mentor)
2010-07-28 16:24:06 +00:00
Gavin Atkinson
4c01dc3e12 Support the Pyramid KBS USB LCD under uftdi(4)
PR:		usb/129758
Submitted by:	joao lima <jlima visionware.pt>
MFC after:	1 week
2010-07-28 08:48:35 +00:00
Andrew Thompson
a6977f4ae4 Fix the entry for the Option ICON452 where an underscore was used instead of
whitespace.

Submitted by:	Lucius Windschuh
2010-07-27 22:55:24 +00:00
Gavin Atkinson
7dddb455e5 Prevent uhid(4) from attaching to the Liebert PowerSure Personal XT UPS.
PR:		usb/129251
Submitted by:	Andrew D Wiles <adw+gnats avatastic.co.uk>
MFC after:	1 week
2010-07-27 17:07:16 +00:00
Gavin Atkinson
627ab90b2a Add support for the Longcheer WM66 USB HSDPA Modem to u3g(4)
This patch is different to that provided in the PR, due to the changes in
this driver since 7.x.

PR:		usb/129945
Submitted by:	Antonio Hilario <avahilario gmail.com>
MFC after:	1 week
2010-07-27 12:29:45 +00:00
Gavin Atkinson
46cbe200b5 - Support two devices made by West Mountain Radio in uslcom(4) [1]
- Bring in several other devices from OpenBSD while here.  Use the
  official manufacturer name over the OpenBSD name in the case of
  GEMALTO.  Reorder list slightly to aid future syncing.

- Remove duplicate SILABS CP2102 define from usbdevs

PR:		usb/131912 [1]
Submitted by:	Jack Twilley <mathuin gmail.com> [1]
MFC after:	1 week
2010-07-27 07:57:35 +00:00
Jung-uk Kim
954022384f Fix an apparent typo.
Found by:	clang
Reviewed by:	davidch, yongari
2010-07-26 23:24:42 +00:00
Gavin Atkinson
c3b40fb7bf Prevent uhid(4) from attaching to the Gembird Silver Shield remote power
plug.  Note that the Vendor ID 0x04b4 is officially assigned to Cypress,
so use that instead of adding a second vendor with an identical ID, in the
same way other similar cases are treated in usb/usbdevs.

PR:		usb/132785
Submitted by:	Dirk-Willem van Gulik <dirkx webweaving.org>
MFC after:	1 week
2010-07-26 21:22:57 +00:00
Gavin Atkinson
7ab53cc48b Prevent ukbd(4) and uhid(4) from attaching when a WiSPY DBx Spectrum
Analyzer is attached.

PR:		usb/134631
Submitted by:	Jesse Kempf <jkempf davisvision.com>
MFC after:	1 week
2010-07-26 20:44:29 +00:00
John Baldwin
b739a509f2 - Change the warning about PCI-e links narrower than x8 to only apply to
10G cards.  1G cards are x4 only.
- Use constants from pcireg.h for reading the current link width.
- Use pci_set_max_read_req() rather than implementing it by hand.

Reviewed by:	np
MFC after:	1 week
2010-07-26 17:31:15 +00:00
Jaakko Heinonen
b42f40b8eb - Remove some extra white space.
- Wrap g_md_dumpconf() prototype to 80 columns.
2010-07-26 10:37:14 +00:00
Rui Paulo
daef39e7ae Remove the acpi_aiboost driver. It has been replaced by aibs(4). 2010-07-25 17:55:57 +00:00
Alexander Motin
8edcf69406 Export PCI IDs of ATA/SATA controllers through CAM and ata(4) layers to
GEOM. This information needed for proper soft-RAID's on-disk metadata
reading and writing.
2010-07-25 15:43:52 +00:00
Gavin Atkinson
6d07817641 Give a name to the HTC Wizard Smartphone
PR:		usb/135575
Submitted by:	lioux
2010-07-25 15:14:42 +00:00
Andriy Gapon
7f5b7f2323 ichwd: correct range check for timeout value
This is similar to a fix in r189305 but for earlier ICH versions (<= 5).

Reported by:	someone via attilio
Discussed with:	des, attilio
MFC after:	1 week
2010-07-24 19:40:16 +00:00
George V. Neville-Neil
6de27dc09f style(9) fix
MFC after:	1 week
2010-07-24 18:53:46 +00:00
George V. Neville-Neil
dc1ccafedd Fix a bug in the statistics code for tracking the head and
tail pointers of the tx and rx queues.   We needed a SYSCTL_PROC
to correctly get the values at run time.

Submitted by:	Andrew Boyer aboyer at averesystems.com
MFC after:	1 week
2010-07-23 17:53:39 +00:00
Weongyo Jeong
0f3801fa37 Fixes a mistake to calculate CALC_COEFF2() value that tmp[3] is
used even if it's unreachable.

PR:		kern/144505
Submitted by:	Henning Petersen <henning.petersen at t-online dot de>
MFC after:	1 week
2010-07-22 20:08:02 +00:00
Jaakko Heinonen
f4e7c5a894 Convert md(4) to use alloc_unr(9) and alloc_unr_specific(9) for unit
number allocation. The old approach had some problems such as it allowed
an overflow to occur in the unit number calculation.

PR:		kern/122288
2010-07-22 10:24:28 +00:00
Xin LI
d74001ad8d Apply vendor version 1.20.00.17.
This version adds support for ARC1880; additionally this version fixed
an issue where all devices on a SAS port gets offlined when any device
failed on the port [1].

Many thanks to Areca for continuing to support FreeBSD.

PR:		kern/148502 [1]
Submitted by:	Ching-Lung Huang <ching2048 areca com tw>
Obtained from:	Areca
Tested by:	Rich Ercolani <rercola acm jhu edu> [1]
MFC after:	2 weeks
2010-07-21 18:50:24 +00:00
Attilio Rao
651aa2d896 KTR_CTx are long time aliased by existing classes so they can't serve
their purpose anymore. Axe them out.

Sponsored by:	Sandvine Incorporated
Discussed with:	jhb, emaste
Possible MFC:	TBD
2010-07-21 10:05:07 +00:00
Alexander Motin
599cf0f197 Fix several un-/signedness bugs of r210290 and r210293. Add one more check. 2010-07-20 15:48:29 +00:00
Alexander Motin
51636352b6 Extend timer driver API to report also minimal and maximal supported period
lengths. Make MI wrapper code to validate periods in request. Make kernel
clock management code to honor these hardware limitations while choosing hz,
stathz and profhz values.
2010-07-20 10:58:56 +00:00
Andrew Thompson
21a9d6e706 - Support for Globetrotter iCON 452.
- Fixed the interface probe routine to only attach to USB interfaces the driver
  actually supports.  This allows other drivers to attach to things like
  MicroSD slots etc.
- Fixed network interface enumeration to be globally sequential instead of
  relying on the USB interface numbers.  This make sure the first network
  interface always is at uhso0 and the second at usho1 and so on.
- Added a radio kill switch; exposed through sysctl.
- Updated the manual page to be verbose about the number of serial ports and
  include iCON 452 in the set of tested hardware.

Submitted by:	Fredrik Lindberg
2010-07-20 03:10:22 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
ad09ad06bc Specify BCE_RX_BUF_ALIGN alignment for RX buffers. All bce(4)
controllers require RX buffers aligned on BCE_RX_BUF_ALIGN bytes.

Reviewed by:	davidch
2010-07-19 23:48:03 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
3016d3fe4e Specify BUS_DMA_ZERO flag to bus_dmamem_alloc(9) and remove bzero()
calls. Also add BUS_DMA_COHERENT flag to bus_dmamem_alloc(9) to
take advantage of efficient synchronization for architectures that
support that feature.

Reviewed by:	davidch
2010-07-19 23:41:45 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
6351e52fcf Use bus_get_dma_tag() to get parent tag. Also use
BUS_SPACE_MAXSIZE_32BIT to specify sum of all segment lengths.
Previously it used MAXBSIZE which was wrong.

Reviewed by:	davidch
2010-07-19 23:35:43 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
b18d9d4b15 Add KASSERT to check number of returned DMA segments.
Reviewed by:	davidch
2010-07-19 23:25:19 +00:00
Adrian Chadd
62c3a412df Fix naming to be consistent. 2010-07-19 21:50:43 +00:00
Adrian Chadd
53436ace02 Extend the mx25l erase function to support different erase commands. 2010-07-19 21:46:40 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
c87831d8f4 Do not report current link state if interface is not UP.
Reviewed by:	davidch
2010-07-19 21:41:54 +00:00
Adrian Chadd
d2cf1fd5e4 Extend the mx25l flash device support to include a set of per-device
flags.

Some of these parts will support 4K/32K block erases rather than
a sector erase. This includes (at least) the MX25L128.
2010-07-19 21:38:15 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
f8bfabe733 Correctly check the result of media selection. Previously it always
returned success.

Reviewed by:	davidch
2010-07-19 21:38:07 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
a3e063e20d Don't change current media in bce_stop(). There is no need to do
this here.

Reviewed by:	davidch
2010-07-19 21:32:47 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
68de78a5fa Have bce_init_ctx() return error code and make caller check the
return code. If context was not setup correctly give up
initialization. While I'm here move variable declarations to the
beginning of the function.

Reviewed by:	davidch
2010-07-19 21:25:05 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
5c4ac8ba07 When we didn't find a matching flash device, do not touch flash
config data. While I'm here, use return code of bce_init_nvram()
to set error instead of directly setting ENODEV.

Reviewed by:	davidch
2010-07-19 21:13:07 +00:00
Jung-uk Kim
25a14f561c Improve style slightly. 2010-07-19 20:31:04 +00:00
Jung-uk Kim
490770af47 Fix two long-standing line wrapping bugs in VGA renderer for pixel mode.
Font size may be smaller than 16 and logical scan line may be larger than
the displayed scan line.

MFC after:	3 days
2010-07-19 18:56:18 +00:00
Rafal Jaworowski
4f124b977c Eliminate FDT_IMMR_VA define.
This removes platform dependencies from <machine>/fdt.h for the benfit of
portability.
2010-07-19 18:47:18 +00:00
Rafal Jaworowski
5710b7a9da Move MRVL FDT fixups and PIC decode routine to a platform specific area.
This allows for better encapsulation (and eliminates generic fdt_arm.c, at
least for now).
2010-07-19 18:41:50 +00:00
Adrian Chadd
dddd00f6a4 Include 4k/32k erase commands.
These were sourced from the MX25L128 datasheet and match up
with what is used in Linux mtd/devices/m25p80.c .

Add a FreeBSD keyword whilst I'm here.
2010-07-19 15:05:35 +00:00
Alexander Motin
e064bdc08a Make legacy ATA emulation detection more strict. This should fix false
positive legacy detection and attach failure/panic for Marvell 88SX6141
controller and potentially some others.

PR:		kern/145064
2010-07-16 17:27:43 +00:00
Alexander Motin
6332c92180 Improve interrupt setup errors handling. 2010-07-16 10:05:00 +00:00
Jung-uk Kim
69496408a5 Simplify AcpiOsReadPort() and AcpiOsWritePort() with iodev_read_*() and
iodev_write_*().  This removes unnecessary uses of temporary macros as well.
There is no functional change after this (verified with md5(1) on amd64).
2010-07-16 04:27:38 +00:00
Adrian Chadd
e87f728e23 Fix KASSERT() messages to reflect reality. 2010-07-16 04:26:37 +00:00
Jung-uk Kim
aa353b1b6b Use pmap_mapdev()/pmap_unmapdev() to map device memory instead of using
AcpiOsMapMemory()/AcpiOsUnmapMemory() (-> pmap_mapbios()/pmap_unmapbios())
for AcpiOsReadMemory() and AcpiOsWriteMemory().  Although they do not sound
too obvious, these functions are exclusively used to access memory mapped
IO in ACPICA.
2010-07-16 03:59:50 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
caf088fc1f Use Miscellaneous Configuration Register bit definition instead of
magic number.
2010-07-15 23:34:58 +00:00
Jung-uk Kim
337744d9a6 If there is any pending sleep request, disallow entering S5 state.
Otherwise, bad things may happen. ;-)
2010-07-15 23:24:06 +00:00
Jung-uk Kim
6e7661023a - AcpiOsReadPciConfiguration() needs similar fixes as r209965 and r210129.
According to ACPICA User Guide and Programmer Reference, the read data must
be zero extended to fill the 64-bit return value even if the bit width of
the location is less than 64.
- Return error when 64-bit access is requested as we do not support 64-bit
PCI register access (yet).  XXX We may have to split it up into two 32-bit
accesses if it is really required.
2010-07-15 19:52:54 +00:00
Jung-uk Kim
89339b38d8 - AcpiOsReadMemory() needs similar fixes as r209965. [1]
According to ACPICA User Guide and Programmer Reference, the read data must
be zero extended to fill the 32-bit return value even if the bit width of
the port is less than 32.
- Remove 64-bit read/write from AcpiOsReadMemory() and AcpiOsWriteMemory().
These functions do not support 64-bit access (yet).  Clean up style nits
and unnecessary bit masking while I am here.

Reported by:	Liu, Jinsong (jinsong dot liu at intel dot com) via
		Lin Ming (ming dot m dot lin at intel dot com) [1]
2010-07-15 17:11:49 +00:00
Bernhard Schmidt
ef403f3689 Handle RUN->ASSOC->RUN transition correctly, as in not trigger a
firmware error. Convert if statements to a switch statement while
I'm here.

Tested by:	Benjamin Kaduk <kaduk at mit.edu>
MFC after:	2 weeks
2010-07-15 11:52:20 +00:00
Bernhard Schmidt
7832b1f674 Add support for firmware images in "type-length-value" format.
Obtained from:	OpenBSD
MFC after:	2 weeks
2010-07-15 10:37:49 +00:00
Bernhard Schmidt
76e46e73c3 Detect active chains differently to work around a firmware bug which
would mark non-existing chains as active.

Obtained from:	OpenBSD
MFC after:	1 week
2010-07-15 09:34:00 +00:00
Bernhard Schmidt
b1429c8528 - Add new IDs for 6000 series devices.
- The 6000 series WiMAX devices need a separate firmware.
- The b-gen devices are not hooked because the hardware revision type
  is not know.

Obtained from:	OpenBSD
MFC after:	1 week
2010-07-15 09:30:54 +00:00
Bernhard Schmidt
f901a391d4 Fix some small whitespace nits.
MFC after:	3 days
2010-07-15 08:05:20 +00:00
Bernhard Schmidt
07baa68089 Remove duplicate vendor:device entry.
MFC after:	3 days
2010-07-15 07:45:37 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
a5ad2f1541 Remove enabling Data FIFO protection with indirect memory access.
r165114 added that code and that change ignored the same logic
committed in r135772. In addition, data FIFO protection should be
selectively enabled instead of applying to all PCIe devices.
While I'm here add BCM5785 to devices that do not require this
fix.
2010-07-14 21:47:49 +00:00
John Baldwin
020e9fc33b Rework the SMBIOS table walker to make it operate like other table walkers
and remove a buffer overflow:
- Remove the array of per-type dispatch functions.  Instead, pass each
  structure to a single callback.  The callback should check the type of
  each table entry to take appropriate action.  This matches the behavior
  of other table walkers such as for the MP Table and MADT.
- Don't attempt to save an array of string pointers for each structure
  entry.  Instead, just skip the strings.  If this code is reused to
  provide a generic SMBIOS table walker in the future we could provide
  a method that looks up a specific string N for a given structure record
  instead of pre-populating an array of pointers.  This fixes a buffer
  overflow for structure entries with more than 20 strings.

PR:		kern/148546
Reported by:	Spencer Minear @ McAfee
MFC after:	3 days
2010-07-14 18:06:21 +00:00
Justin T. Gibbs
b744190698 Correct logic bug in aicasm's undefined register bit access detection code.
The code in question verifies that all register write operations only change
bits that are defined (in the register definition file) for that effected
register.  The bug effectively disabled this checking.

o Fix the check by testing the opcode against all supported read ("and" based)
  operands.

o Add missing bit definitions to the aic7xxx and aic79xx register definition
  files so that the warning (treated as a fatal error) does not spuriously
  fire.

Reported by:	Pawel Worach <pawel.worach@gmail.com>
MFC after:	1 week
2010-07-14 14:31:18 +00:00
Remko Lodder
d5c7b904ba Add a 4 and 7 port USB hub from NEC.
PR:		148189
MFC after:	1 week
2010-07-13 20:09:14 +00:00
Jung-uk Kim
708358cdb6 Initialize a variable before its use. 2010-07-13 19:58:06 +00:00
Jung-uk Kim
917b850dce Preallocate buffers for palette and state. Do not save DAC registers as
we reset DAC mode and restore palette data while we are resuming always.
2010-07-13 19:48:20 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
736b931958 Prefer PCIR_BAR macro over BGE_PCI_BAR0. 2010-07-13 19:45:40 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
b65256d7bd Fix error message for jumbo buffer allocation failure. 2010-07-13 19:42:55 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
333704a37f style. 2010-07-13 19:39:51 +00:00
George V. Neville-Neil
f4a9c30419 Fix a panic brought about by writing an MSR without a proper mask.
All of the necessary wrmsr calls are now preceded by a rdmsr
and we leave the reserved bits alone.
Document the bits in the relevant registers for future reference.

Tested by:	mdf
MFC after:	1 week
2010-07-13 19:37:45 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
797ab05ef6 Make bge_stop_fw() static.
While I'm here use ANSI function definitions.
2010-07-13 19:33:46 +00:00
Nathan Whitehorn
45b570f5ef Fix build on architectures where PAGE_SIZE is a long (sparc64, powerpc). 2010-07-13 19:27:20 +00:00
Jung-uk Kim
36a483bbcd Make SMP code path conditional at run-time. 2010-07-13 16:35:41 +00:00
Alexander Motin
8a6870808d Rise knowledge about curthread->td_intr_frame by one step. Make timer
callback argument really opaque. Not repeat interrupt handler's problem
in case somebody will ever need to have both argument and frame.
2010-07-13 12:46:06 +00:00
Alexander Motin
b6ef82a03b Disable multi-sector PIO transfers if ATA_SET_MULTI command failed.
Submitted by:	Mikolaj Golub on fs@
2010-07-13 06:42:47 +00:00
Takanori Watanabe
1b0f43beb1 Fix comment.
Pointed out by: hrs
2010-07-13 03:56:29 +00:00
Takanori Watanabe
55fdde371a One more Prolific serial device ID.
Submitted by:	Kouichi Hirabayashi on FreeBSD-users-jp
MFC after: 1 week.
2010-07-13 03:49:30 +00:00
Jung-uk Kim
31bc79db46 Fix white spaces. 2010-07-13 02:48:42 +00:00
Jung-uk Kim
502e578cde According to ACPICA User Guide and Programmer Reference, the read data must
be zero extended to fill the 32-bit return value even if the bit width of
the port is less than 32.
2010-07-13 02:45:44 +00:00
Marius Strobl
fd435d5c06 Correct inverted parent DMA tag parameters.
Reviewed by:	ken
MFC after:	3 days
2010-07-12 23:01:21 +00:00
Marius Strobl
cac33e16cf - Make the maxsize parameter of the data buffer DMA tag match maxio, which
was missed in r209599.
  Reported and tested by: Michael Moll
- Declare mpt_dma_buf_alloc() static just like mpt_dma_buf_free(), both are
  used in mpt.c only.

Reviewed by:	ken
MFC after:	r209599
2010-07-12 22:57:57 +00:00
Jack F Vogel
9886a800fc Fix for a panic when TX checksum offload is done and
a packet has only a header in the first mbuf, the
checksum code will dereference a pointer into the
non-existing IP header. Do a check for the size and
pullup if needed. Thanks to Michael Tuexen for this
fix.

MFC: asap - should be in 8.1 IMHO
2010-07-12 21:47:30 +00:00
Alexander Motin
cd646aba81 Revert and remake r209883:
Do not grab lock while setting up interrupt, as it causes LOR with
allocation code. Instead make interrupt handler check that CAM bus
initialization completed before touching it.

While there, slightly improve attach errors handling.

Reported by:	kib
2010-07-12 12:16:11 +00:00
Andrew Thompson
6bce5ae1c5 Use more compact deviceid table.
Submitted by:	Akinori Furukoshi
2010-07-11 23:54:44 +00:00
Andrew Thompson
75c7615952 Update for style(9).
Submitted by:	Akinori Furukoshi (author)
2010-07-11 23:52:12 +00:00
Rafal Jaworowski
d1d3233ebd Convert Freescale PowerPC platforms to FDT convention.
The following systems are affected:

  - MPC8555CDS
  - MPC8572DS

This overhaul covers the following major changes:

  - All integrated peripherals drivers for Freescale MPC85XX SoC, which are
    currently in the FreeBSD source tree are reworked and adjusted so they
    derive config data out of the device tree blob (instead of hard coded /
    tabelarized values).

  - This includes: LBC, PCI / PCI-Express, I2C, DS1553, OpenPIC, TSEC, SEC,
    QUICC, UART, CFI.

  - Thanks to the common FDT infrastrucutre (fdtbus, simplebus) we retire
    ocpbus(4) driver, which was based on hard-coded config data.

Note that world for these platforms has to be built WITH_FDT.

Reviewed by:	imp
Sponsored by:	The FreeBSD Foundation
2010-07-11 21:08:29 +00:00
Rafal Jaworowski
c5a514a756 Provide more defines for PCI-Express device ctrl. 2010-07-11 20:55:39 +00:00
Rafal Jaworowski
da6bc8989d Introduce PowerPC-specific helper routines for FDT.
Reviewed by:	imp
Sponsored by:	The FreeBSD Foundation
2010-07-11 20:49:36 +00:00
Rafal Jaworowski
caaa3c62d4 Save fdtbus trigger / polarity data at their correct index. 2010-07-11 20:33:39 +00:00
Rafal Jaworowski
a22cd1e668 Let simplebus(4) diagnostics be a bit more descriptive. 2010-07-11 20:30:59 +00:00
Weongyo Jeong
e7c6c10e16 Fixes a page fault in bwi_pci_probe() because the array isn't terminated
with NULL.

PR:		kern/148473
Submitted by:	Grzegorz Dabrowski <grzegorz.dabrowski at gmail dot com>
MFC after:	1 week
2010-07-10 22:37:23 +00:00
Weongyo Jeong
6dcc706bc5 Fixes a bug for LP PHY that some frames have 2 padding bytes at the
start so we should adjust the mbuf if the driver is running in PIO mode.
Now it should work well with WPA authentication and association for LP
PHY devices.

Tested by:	Warren Block <wblock at wonkity.com>
MFC after:	1 month
2010-07-10 21:39:03 +00:00
Alexander Motin
aecfe194a9 If ata_sata_phy_reset() failed and ata_generic_reset() is not called, mark
channel as having no devices connected. This improves hot-unplug operation
on legacy-emulating SATA controllers.
2010-07-10 15:36:27 +00:00
Alexander Motin
663c22a27d On attach, grab channel lock before setting up interrupt. This fixes crash
in ATA_CAM mode if phy connect event arrive before CAM bus initialization
completed.
2010-07-10 15:27:27 +00:00
Alexander Motin
9a9bce34f1 Make hw.ata.ata_dma_check_80pin tunable affect not only device side, but
also controller side cable checks. Make respective sysctl writable.

PR:		kern/143462
2010-07-10 13:46:14 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
2610dbf59b Some revision of Yukon controller generates corrupted frame when TX
checksum offloading is enabled.  The frame has a valid checksum
value so payload might be modified during TX checksum calculation.
Disable TX checksum offloading but give users chance to enable it
when they know their controller works without problems with TX
checksum offloading.

Reported by:	Andrzej Tobola <ato <> iem dot pw dot edu dot pl>
2010-07-09 21:21:08 +00:00
Xin LI
c8ed14e2d8 Don't use pack() for structures that is used purely for software state.
Otherwise the resulting, unaligned mutex structure would trigger panic.

Submitted by:		Tom Cough <tom.couch lsi.com>
Reported/Tested by:	jhb
MFC after:		3 days
2010-07-09 17:38:15 +00:00
Jack F Vogel
d6ff3d4d13 Fix of a VLAN problem by jhb, the checksum capability
got lost along the way.

MFC: asap
2010-07-09 17:11:29 +00:00
Navdeep Parhar
bd1a9fbad6 Improve cxgb(4)'s behaviour when faced with temporarily "bouncy" links:
- Run the adapter's tick at 1Hz and remove link state checks from it.
  Instead, have each port check its link state.  Delay the check so that
  it takes place slightly after the driver is notified of a change in
  link state.  This is a cheap way to debounce these notifications if
  many are received in rapid succession.  POLL_LINK_1ST_TIME flag can
  also be eliminated as a side effect of these changes.
- Do not reset the PHY when link goes down.
- Clear port's link_fault flag if the PHY indicates link is down.
- get_link_status_r should leave speed and duplex alone when link is down.

MFC after:	1 month
2010-07-09 00:38:00 +00:00
Navdeep Parhar
2c32b50248 Eliminate ext_intr_task. The "slow" interrupt handler is already
running on the adapter's task queue.  Just do what the task does
instead of enqueueing it.

MFC after:	3 days
2010-07-09 00:36:35 +00:00
Navdeep Parhar
29c54b85f9 Fix bufsize calculation so that cxgbtool can display information for the
last I/O queue too.

MFC after:	3 days
2010-07-09 00:35:09 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
78b1140644 Remove enabling RX checksum offloading in RX filter setup. RX
checksum is enabled in sge_init_locked().
While I'm here do not set RX checksum bits in RX descriptor
initialization. It is controller's job to set these bits.

Tested by:	xclin <xclin <> cs dot nctu dot edu dot tw >
2010-07-08 18:22:49 +00:00
Nathan Whitehorn
a26209a43a Missed a file in r209803: this header contains a definition of
OFW_STD_32BIT.

Pointy hat to:	me
2010-07-08 18:15:06 +00:00
Nathan Whitehorn
054e5dcbe4 Change the argument type to OF_call_method to take an array of cell_t
instead of unsigned longs to prepare for platforms where they are not
the same.
2010-07-08 14:29:23 +00:00
Nathan Whitehorn
517524ec87 Fix iicbus_get_addr() on 64-bit big-endian systems. The bus accessor
passes a uintptr_t, not a uint32_t.
2010-07-08 14:19:52 +00:00
Adrian Chadd
d273f00076 Extend the ath debugging a little to log the interface name.
Some devices have >1 atheros card and the current debug prints
make it impossible to tell which interface is being unhappy.
2010-07-08 14:08:03 +00:00
Konstantin Belousov
83d5d2963e Do not mention VM_ALLOC_RETRY in comment, and normalize the terminology
(blocking -> sleeping).

Reviewed by:	alc
MFC after:	3 days
2010-07-08 08:39:02 +00:00
Jung-uk Kim
3664686221 Fix mis-merges in the previous commit. 2010-07-06 21:41:08 +00:00
Jung-uk Kim
a88e22b7ad Merge ACPICA 20100702. 2010-07-06 20:57:28 +00:00
Konstantin Belousov
d12fc952b7 Calculate nshift only once.
Also noted by:	avg
MFC after:	1 week
2010-07-06 18:22:57 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
864104fe59 Zero entire status block and add missing bus_dmamap_sync(9). 2010-07-06 18:17:31 +00:00
Jung-uk Kim
061b7e5463 Plug a possible memory leak.
Submitted by:	Yamagi Burmeister (lists at yamagi dot org)
2010-07-06 18:08:55 +00:00
Jung-uk Kim
c3cbd4125e Fix a possible null pointer dereference. A patch for -STABLE was
Submitted by:	Yamagi Burmeister (lists at yamagi dot org)
2010-07-06 18:05:05 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
55a24a0597 It seems read DMA mode register requires both IPv4 TSO and IPv6 TSO
configuration to get IPv4 TSO work on BCM57780. While I'm here
apply the same fix to BCM5785 which shares similar hardware feature
of BCM57780. This change makes TSO work on BCM57780.

Tested by:	Tong Liu <nemoliu <> gmail dot com>
2010-07-06 02:07:59 +00:00
Warner Losh
2a08b0b7a1 Add a safety-belt. If the identified disk has 0 blocks, don't attach
it.  This can happen in some cases when plugging in SD/SmartCard PC
Cards with empty slots.  It is better to detect this bogosity, and
refuse to attach rather than panic with a division by zero (in one of
many places) down stream.
2010-07-04 07:42:52 +00:00
Warner Losh
907659f0dc Minor formatting nits. 2010-07-04 05:58:17 +00:00
Alexander Motin
7ce1f3e580 Add ata(4) ability to limit initial ATA mode for devices via device hints.
After boot this mode can be changed with atacontrol/camcontrol as usual.
It works for both legacy and ATA_CAM wrapper mode.

PR:		kern/123980
2010-07-03 14:14:42 +00:00
Kevin Lo
a02f351b57 Fix build 2010-07-01 05:03:24 +00:00
Jack F Vogel
b827058579 OK, I was a bit sleep this morning and checked in
the core changes but left out the shared code, lol.
Well, and a couple fixes to the core... hopefully
this will all be complete now.

Happy happy joy joy :)
2010-06-30 21:05:51 +00:00
Jack F Vogel
911fddbcb5 SR-IOV support added to igb
What this provides is support for the 'virtual function'
interface that a FreeBSD VM may be assigned from a host
like KVM on Linux, or newer versions of Xen with such
support.

When the guest is set up with the capability, a special
limited function 82576 PCI device is present in its virtual
PCI space, so with this driver installed in the guest that
device will be detected and function nearly like the bare
metal, as it were.

The interface is only allowed a single queue in this configuration
however initial performance tests have looked very good.

Enjoy!!
2010-06-30 17:26:47 +00:00
Jack F Vogel
17d2646b7c Left out header change in last delta - new member
in adapter so that advertise changes can be done
to one port without the other changing.
2010-06-30 16:28:28 +00:00
Gleb Smirnoff
3da2cea421 Fix build. 2010-06-30 11:17:55 +00:00
Jack F Vogel
1fa9ef23cc BAH, I apologize, the wrong version of the code got
fat fingered in place, this is the correct version
that actually works... <sheepish grin>

MFC: in a week
2010-06-30 01:10:08 +00:00
Jack F Vogel
5f46ec799a Add a new sysctl option, this will allow one to
limit the advertised speed of an SFP+ to 1G, effectively
"forcing" link at that lower speed. It is off by default
and is enabled by sysctl dev.ix.0.force_gig=1, 0 will
set it back to the norm.
2010-06-30 01:01:06 +00:00
Kenneth D. Merry
4201341ff7 Change the mpt driver to allow larger I/O sizes.
The mpt driver previously didn't report a 'maxio' size to CAM, and so the
da(4) driver limited I/O sizes to DFLTPHYS (64K) by default.  The number
of scatter gather segments allowed, as reported to busdma, was
(128K / PAGE_SIZE) + 1, or 33 on architectures with 4K pages.

Change things around so that we wait until we've determined how many
segments the adapter can support before creating the busdma tag used for
buffers, so we can potentially support more S/G segments and therefore
larger I/O sizes.

Also, fix some things that were broken about the module unload path.  It
still gets hung up inside CAM, though.

mpt.c:		Move some busdma initialization calls in here, and call
		them just after we've gotten the IOCFacts, and know how
		many S/G segments this adapter can support.

mpt.h:		Get rid of MPT_MAXPHYS, it is no longer used.

		Add max_cam_seg_cnt, which is used to report our maximum
		I/O size up to CAM.

mpt_cam.c:	Use max_cam_seg_cnt to report our maximum I/O size to CAM.

		Fix the locking in mpt_cam_detach().

mpt_pci.c:	Pull some busdma initialization and teardown out and put
		it in mpt.c.  We now delay it until we know many scatter
		gather segments the adapter can support, and therefore
		how to setup our busdma tags.

mpt_raid.c:	Make sure we wake up the right wait channel to get the
		raid thread to wake up when we're trying to shut it down.

Reviewed by:	gibbs, mjacob
MFC after:	2 weeks
2010-06-29 22:07:53 +00:00
Weongyo Jeong
03286b3576 Initializes the ratectl for a node when the state is changed to RUN.
This prevents a kernel fault by dividing with zero because the initial
rate was 0 and didn't be initialized.

Tested by:	Warren Block <wblock at wonkity.com>
MFC after:	3 days
2010-06-29 21:56:42 +00:00
Weongyo Jeong
68cd814a8a Fixes NULL pointer reference that it's occurred when the state is
changed to RUN because ic->ic_newassoc isn't set anywhere now.  In the
previous bwi_newassoc() is used to initialize AMRR rate routines.

Tested by:	Warren Block <wblock at wonkity.com>
MFC after:	3 days
2010-06-29 21:52:40 +00:00
Rui Paulo
cb3fbd1b92 Fix typo introduced in previous revision. 2010-06-27 10:17:11 +00:00
Rui Paulo
fcfe3ad480 Fix the AR_SREV_MERLIN_20_OR_LATER() check.
Submitted by:	Alex Kozlov <spam at rm-rf.kiev.ua>
MFC after:	2 weeks
2010-06-26 20:59:10 +00:00
Rui Paulo
bbe4a97d41 Import the acpi_aibs(4) driver written by Constantine A. Murenin.
It has more features than acpi_aiboost(4) and it will eventually replace
acpi_aiboost(4).

Submitted by:	Constantine A. Murenin <cnst at FreeBSD.org>
Reviewed by:	freebsd-acpi, imp
MFC after:	1 month
2010-06-25 15:32:46 +00:00
George V. Neville-Neil
5ea4d522bb Make sure that all the exposed counters and variables are actually
being updated.

Pointed out by:	jfv
2010-06-24 21:17:58 +00:00
Jung-uk Kim
28ef508f86 Use M_WAITOK for VESA BIOS initialization consistently. 2010-06-23 23:34:56 +00:00
Jung-uk Kim
362487c0ba Let x86bios_alloc() pass contigmalloc(9) flags. Use it to set M_WAITOK
from VESA BIOS initialization.  All other malloc(9) uses in the function is
blocking any way.
2010-06-23 17:20:51 +00:00
Konstantin Belousov
95882b9865 Remove unused i586 optimized bcopy/bzero/etc implementations that utilize
FPU registers for copying. Remove the switch table and jumps from
bcopy/bzero/... to the actual implementation.
As a side-effect, i486-optimized bzero is removed.

Reviewed by:	bde
Tested by:	pho (previous version)
2010-06-23 10:40:28 +00:00
Andrew Thompson
e3e05e50d9 - fix for USB audio devices which use the 7-byte endpoint descriptor instead of
the 9-byte one.
- remove sync-endpoint code, which is currently unused.

Reported by:	Antun Matanovi
Submitted by:	Hans Petter Selasky
2010-06-22 21:16:18 +00:00
Andrew Thompson
3851442c61 Reduce MIDI input buffer size to one USB packet, hence some USB devices don't
properly short terminate their transfers. This fixes a problem where input
appears several seconds late.

Reported by:	Alexander Yerenkow
Submitted by:	Hans Petter Selasky
2010-06-22 21:13:36 +00:00
Andrew Thompson
33ba3721c9 Add new device id.
PR:		usb/147190
2010-06-22 21:08:45 +00:00
Andrew Thompson
0f66567792 Add a mass storage quirk.
PR:		usb/147196
2010-06-22 21:03:13 +00:00
Andrew Thompson
8f55d259c2 Add new device id.
PR:		usb/146907
2010-06-22 21:01:40 +00:00
Andrew Thompson
a4cadedb58 Add support for LOW speed BULK transfers. This mode is not recommended by the
USB 2.0 standard, though some USB devices use it anyway.

Submitted by:	Hans Petter Selasky
2010-06-22 20:57:48 +00:00
Alexander Motin
49ed68bbf3 Add "legacy route" support to HPET driver. When enabled, this mode makes
HPET to steal IRQ0 from i8254 and IRQ8 from RTC timers. It can be suitable
for HPETs without FSB interrupts support, as it gives them two unshared
IRQs. It allows them to provide one per-CPU event timer on dual-CPU system,
that should be suitable for further tickless kernels.

To enable it, such lines may be added to /boot/loader.conf:
hint.atrtc.0.clock=0
hint.attimer.0.clock=0
hint.hpet.0.legacy_route=1
2010-06-22 19:42:27 +00:00
Alexander Motin
e723056a58 Do not set level-triggered interrupt mode if we are not going to use it.
This fixes QEMU crash due to unsupported level-triggered HPET interrupts.

Reported by:	kib@
2010-06-22 16:10:48 +00:00
Alexander Motin
7ea5021353 Fix ia64 build broken by r209371.
ia64, same as amd64 has ACPI and always has APIC.

Submitted by:	jhb@
2010-06-21 20:27:32 +00:00
Alexander Motin
875b8844be Implement new event timers infrastructure. It provides unified APIs for
writing event timer drivers, for choosing best possible drivers by machine
independent code and for operating them to supply kernel with hardclock(),
statclock() and profclock() events in unified fashion on various hardware.

Infrastructure provides support for both per-CPU (independent for every CPU
core) and global timers in periodic and one-shot modes. MI management code
at this moment uses only periodic mode, but one-shot mode use planned for
later, as part of tickless kernel project.

For this moment infrastructure used on i386 and amd64 architectures. Other
archs are welcome to follow, while their current operation should not be
affected.

This patch updates existing drivers (i8254, RTC and LAPIC) for the new
order, and adds event timers support into the HPET driver. These drivers
have different capabilities:
 LAPIC - per-CPU timer, supports periodic and one-shot operation, may
freeze in C3 state, calibrated on first use, so may be not exactly precise.
 HPET - depending on hardware can work as per-CPU or global, supports
periodic and one-shot operation, usually provides several event timers.
 i8254 - global, limited to periodic mode, because same hardware used also
as time counter.
 RTC - global, supports only periodic mode, set of frequencies in Hz
limited by powers of 2.

Depending on hardware capabilities, drivers preferred in following orders,
either LAPIC, HPETs, i8254, RTC or HPETs, LAPIC, i8254, RTC.
User may explicitly specify wanted timers via loader tunables or sysctls:
kern.eventtimer.timer1 and kern.eventtimer.timer2.
If requested driver is unavailable or unoperational, system will try to
replace it. If no more timers available or "NONE" specified for second,
system will operate using only one timer, multiplying it's frequency by few
times and uing respective dividers to honor hz, stathz and profhz values,
set during initial setup.
2010-06-20 21:33:29 +00:00
Alexander Motin
9085ea5054 Report transport type in XPT_PATH_INQ.
MFC after:	3 days
2010-06-19 13:42:14 +00:00
Alexander Motin
33827b8428 Report transport type in XPT_PATH_INQ.
PR:		i386/147929
MFC after:	3 days
2010-06-19 13:41:17 +00:00
Alexander Motin
3a18e1b6d7 Oops! Add " / hz" missed in r209328. Assume interrupt rate hz/2, not 1/2. 2010-06-19 08:46:17 +00:00
Brian Somers
5d6d222816 Add a missing linefeed
PR:		147337
Submitted by:	cyberleo at cyberleo dot net
MFC after:	1 week
2010-06-19 08:42:29 +00:00
Alexander Motin
7150e67191 While we indeed can't precisely measure time spent in C1, we can consider
measured interval as upper bound. It should be more precise then just
assuming hz/2. For idle CPU it should be quite precise, for busy - not
worse then before.
2010-06-19 08:36:12 +00:00
Alan Cox
69a990a144 Catch up with the page and page queues locking changes. 2010-06-18 23:14:16 +00:00
Nathan Whitehorn
9f220e4d78 Revert changes accidentally committed as part of r209298. 2010-06-18 14:20:54 +00:00
Nathan Whitehorn
7248ea35ca Following r209299, level interrupts are low by default on PPC, so remove
the hack here to reprogram the interrupt for K2 SATA devices.
2010-06-18 14:17:45 +00:00
Nathan Whitehorn
eaef5f0af8 Provide for multiple, cascaded PICs on PowerPC systems, and extend the
OFW interrupt map interface to also return the device's interrupt parent.

MFC after:	8.1-RELEASE
2010-06-18 14:06:27 +00:00
Xin LI
b7a4702bd1 Remove an unused comment. 2010-06-17 19:48:03 +00:00
Jack F Vogel
b7741e7a13 Two stats were duplicated, thanks to Andrew Boyer
for pointing this out.
2010-06-17 17:38:39 +00:00
George V. Neville-Neil
fdbf7e3c5e Move statistics into the sysctl tree making it easier to find
and use them.
Add previously hidden statistics, some of which include interrupt
and host/card communication counters.
2010-06-16 20:57:41 +00:00
George V. Neville-Neil
9dc69a1589 Move statistics into the sysctl tree making it easier to find
and use them.
Add previously hidden statistics, some of which include interrupt
and host/card communication counters.
2010-06-16 17:36:53 +00:00
Jack F Vogel
dfc14ce06e Changes from John Baldwin adding to last commit,
change rxeof api for poll friendliness, and
eliminate unnecessary link tasklet use. Thanks John!
2010-06-16 16:37:36 +00:00
Jack F Vogel
0dee704f01 Change to have legacy interrupts use the same
handler had a flaw, thanks to John Baldwin for
finding it. Change which queue legacy tasks are
enqueued on.

MFC: soonest
2010-06-15 21:11:51 +00:00
John Baldwin
42040ff081 When updating individual CPU's lowest Cx state to use, never set it to a
state lower than the lowest one supported by the current CPU.  This closes
some races with changes to the hw.acpi.cpu_cx_lowest sysctl while Cx
states for individual CPUs were changing (e.g. unplugging the AC adapter
of a laptop) that could result in panics.

Submitted by:	Giovanni Trematerra
Tested by:	David Demelier  demelier dot david of gmail
MFC after:	3 days
2010-06-15 19:14:39 +00:00
Alan Cox
ecd5dd957d Eliminate unnecessary page queues locking. 2010-06-15 18:37:31 +00:00
Andriy Gapon
a9bdb5d3ad sound/pcm: use non-const string as a value with SYSCTL_STRING
Although the sysctls are marked with CTLFLAG_RD and the values will stay
immutable, current sysctl implementation stores value pointer in
void* type, which means that const qualifier is discarded anyway
and some newer compilers complaint about that.
We can't use de-const trick in sysctl implementation, because in that
case we could miss an opposite situation where a const value is used
with CTLFLAG_RW sysctl.

Complaint from:	gcc 4.4, clang
MFC after:	2 weeks
2010-06-15 07:06:54 +00:00
Jung-uk Kim
0f817de766 Fix typos that broke duration calculations on protection frames. A similar
fix was done for ral(4) long ago and it must be copy-and-paste bugs.

Found by:	clang
2010-06-14 23:01:50 +00:00
Bernhard Schmidt
98f4f952f3 Fix TX retry rate handling. tx->linkq is an index to a rate table
beginning with the highest available rate. Currently we always use
54m for the first retry no matter what AMRR has choosen. Fix this
by setting the index to the next lower rate.

Approved by:	rpaulo (mentor)
Tested by:	Brandon Gooch <jamesbrandongooch at gmail.com>
MFC after:	2 weeks
2010-06-14 18:26:10 +00:00
Bernhard Schmidt
7041d50cfd sc_lastrs is also used in case the sending station is not known, for
example in a split IBSS scenario. Therefore always assign sc_lastrs.
This removes a hack I committed in r206457.

Approved by:	rpaulo (mentor)
2010-06-14 08:24:00 +00:00
Alexander Motin
93fc07b434 Virtualize pci_remap_msi_irq() call from general MSI code. It allows MSI
(FSB interrupts) to be used by non-PCI devices, such as HPET.
2010-06-14 07:10:37 +00:00
Andrew Thompson
beaa05370d - Because hostapd calls iv_key_set() before if_init(), make sure key_set
callback function will be executed, and that the key won't be deleted during
  the init process.
- txmic and rxmic are written into the chip the same place regardless of
  opmode.
- Make the hardware generate 802.11 sequence numbers.

Submitted by:	Akinori Furukoshi
Obtained from:	git://gitorious.org/run/run.git
2010-06-14 00:40:23 +00:00
Rafal Jaworowski
db5ef4fc77 Convert Marvell ARM platforms to FDT convention.
The following systems are involved:

  - DB-88F5182
  - DB-88F5281
  - DB-88F6281
  - DB-78100
  - SheevaPlug

This overhaul covers the following major changes:

  - All integrated peripherals drivers for Marvell ARM SoC, which are
    currently in the FreeBSD source tree are reworked and adjusted so they
    derive config data out of the device tree blob (instead of hard coded /
    tabelarized values).

  - Since the common FDT infrastrucutre (fdtbus, simplebus) is used we say
    good by to obio / mbus drivers and numerous hard-coded config data.

Note that world needs to be built WITH_FDT for the affected platforms.

Reviewed by:	imp
Sponsored by:	The FreeBSD Foundation.
2010-06-13 13:28:53 +00:00
Rafal Jaworowski
dc65d002dd Initial FDT infrastructure elements for ARM.
Reviewed by:	imp
Sponsored by:	The FreeBSD Foundation
2010-06-13 13:12:52 +00:00
Rafal Jaworowski
10e8667600 Provide identify method for the fdtbus(4).
Reviewed by:	imp
Sponsored by:	The FreeBSD Foundation
2010-06-13 12:58:31 +00:00
Navdeep Parhar
27d1c65e8e cxgb(4): add knob to get packet timestamps from the hardware.
The T3 ASIC can provide an incoming packet's timestamp instead of its RSS hash.
The timestamp is just a counter running off the card's clock.  With a 175MHz
clock an increment represents ~5.7ns and the 32 bit value wraps around in ~25s.

# sysctl -d dev.cxgbc.0.pkt_timestamp
dev.cxgbc.0.pkt_timestamp: provide packet timestamp instead of connection hash

# sysctl -d dev.cxgbc.0.core_clock
dev.cxgbc.0.core_clock: core clock frequency (in KHz)
# sysctl dev.cxgbc.0.core_clock
dev.cxgbc.0.core_clock: 175000
2010-06-12 22:33:04 +00:00
Navdeep Parhar
06eace6376 make format string a string literal.
Reported by:	clang
2010-06-12 22:24:39 +00:00
Jack F Vogel
e6ec2d1fa6 Put back the lost bus_describe_intr() calls. 2010-06-11 21:35:19 +00:00
Jack F Vogel
91c0189dc0 Change the mbuf memory calls back to NOWAIT as a
problem has been seen in one case with doing the
M_WAITOK
2010-06-11 20:59:29 +00:00
Jack F Vogel
2e6bd30b46 Add a couple fixes from Michael Tuexen.
Remove unneeded rxtx handler, make que handler generic.
Do not allocate header mbufs in rx ring if not doing hdr split.
Release the lock in rxeof call to stack.

MFC for 8.1 asap
2010-06-11 20:54:27 +00:00
Jung-uk Kim
7b2d603ef0 Fix one more case where a string is passed via format argument instead.
Found by:	clang
2010-06-11 20:08:20 +00:00
Jung-uk Kim
2e1bf57ca8 Simplify a function for getting brightness levels. 2010-06-11 19:58:41 +00:00
Jung-uk Kim
30363a9a9e Remove unused assignment.
Found by:	clang static analyzer
Found by:	Coverity Prevent[tm] (CID 4537, 4538, 4539)
2010-06-11 19:53:42 +00:00
Andriy Gapon
1bdfff2252 fix a few cases where a string is passed via format argument instead of
via %s

Most of the cases looked harmless, but this is done for the sake of
correctness.  In one case it even allowed to drop an intermediate buffer.

Found by:	clang
MFC after:	2 week
2010-06-11 19:27:21 +00:00
Jack F Vogel
0301599d3d Remove a disable_queue from the beginning of the
interrupt handler, automask handles it.
Also, add in msix vector descriptions.

MFC for 8.1 asap
2010-06-11 19:03:59 +00:00
John Baldwin
3aa6d94e0c Update several places that iterate over CPUs to use CPU_FOREACH(). 2010-06-11 18:46:34 +00:00
Jung-uk Kim
80fba82198 Fix a possible dereference of null pointer.
Found by:	clang static analyzer
Found by:	Coverity Prevent[tm] (CID 3423)
2010-06-11 18:19:23 +00:00
Matt Jacob
8340692f44 Don't pass a buffer directly as a printflike format string.
Found by: clang
MFC after:	1 month
2010-06-10 19:38:07 +00:00
Xin LI
ddaa454e6a Apply driver update from LSI. Many thanks to LSI for continuing to
support FreeBSD.

  1) Timeout ioctl command timeouts.
       Do not reset the controller if ioctl command completed
       successfully.
  2) Remove G66_WORKAROUND code (this bug never shipped).
  3) Remove unnecessary interrupt lock (intr_lock).
  4) Timeout firmware handshake for PChip reset (don't wait forever).
  5) Handle interrupts inline.
  6) Unmask command interrupt ONLY when adding a command to the pending
     queue.
  7) Mask command interrupt ONLY after removing the last command from
     the pending queue.
  8) Remove TW_OSLI_DEFERRED_INTR_USED code.
  9) Replace controller "state" with separate data fields to avoid races:

       TW_CLI_CTLR_STATE_ACTIVE                     ctlr->active
       TW_CLI_CTLR_STATE_INTR_ENABLED               ctlr->interrupts_enabled
       TW_CLI_CTLR_STATE_INTERNAL_REQ_BUSY          ctlr->internal_req_busy
       TW_CLI_CTLR_STATE_GET_MORE_AENS              ctlr->get_more_aens
       TW_CLI_CTLR_STATE_RESET_IN_PROGRESS          ctlr->reset_in_progress
       TW_CLI_CTLR_STATE_RESET_PHASE1_IN_PROGRESS   ctlr->reset_phase1_in_progress

 10) Fix "req" leak in twa_action() when simq is frozen and req is NOT
     null.
 11) Replace softc "state" with separate data fields to avoid races:
       TW_OSLI_CTLR_STATE_OPEN                      sc->open
       TW_OSLI_CTLR_STATE_SIMQ_FROZEN               sc->simq_frozen
 12) Fix reference to TW_OSLI_REQ_FLAGS_IN_PROGRESS in
     tw_osl_complete_passthru()
 13) Use correct CAM status values.
       Change CAM_REQ_CMP_ERR to CAM_REQ_INVALID.
       Remove use of CAM_RELEASE_SIMQ for physical data addresses.
 14) Do not freeze/ release the simq with non I/O commands.
       When it is appropriate to temporarily freeze the simq with an I/O
       command use:
         xpt_freeze_simq(sim, 1);
         ccb->ccb_h.status |= CAM_RELEASE_SIMQ;
       otherwise use:
         xpt_freeze_simq(sim, 1);
         xpt_release_simq(sim, 1);

Submitted by:	Tom Couch <tom.couch lsi.com>
PR:		kern/147695
MFC after:	3 days
2010-06-09 21:40:38 +00:00
Alexander Motin
c4219fc1b0 Add set of codec IDs.
PR:		kern/147466
2010-06-09 05:49:02 +00:00
John Baldwin
374d9c4d18 The lock associated with the /dev/apm knote is already held, so use
KNOTE_LOCKED() instead of KNOTE_UNLOCKED().

Reported by:	mav
MFC after:	3 days
2010-06-08 21:27:05 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
77982948d1 Remove unused macros.
Reviewed by:	bde
2010-06-08 17:28:28 +00:00
Alexander Motin
a47eae85b4 Disable NCQ and PMP support for VIA VT8251 AHCI. It was reported to be
unreliable under load. Linux does the same.
2010-06-08 10:03:08 +00:00
Kenneth D. Merry
931eeffaa2 A number of netfront fixes and stability improvements:
- Re-enable TSO.  This was broken previously due to CSUM_TSO clearing the
   CSUM_TCP flag, so our checksum flags were incorrectly set going to the
   netback driver.  That was fixed in r206844 in tcp_output.c, so we can
   turn TSO back on here.

 - Fix the way transmit slots are calculated, so that we can't overfill
   the ring.

 - Avoid sending packets with more fragments/segments than netback can
   handle.  The Linux netback code can only handle packets of
   MAX_SKB_FRAGS, which turns out to be 18 on machines with 4K pages.  We
   can easily generate packets with 32 or so fragments with TSO turned on.
   Right now the solution is just to drop the packets (since netback
   doesn't seem to handle it gracefully), but we should come up with a way
   to allow a driver to tell the TCP stack the maximum number of fragments
   it can handle in a single packet.

 - Fix the way the consumer is tracked in the receive path.  It could get
   out of sync fairly easily.

 - Use standard Xen ring macros to make it clearer how netfront is using
   the rings.

 - Get rid of Linux-ish negative errno return values.

 - Added more documentation to the driver.

 - Refactored code to make it easier to read.

 - Some other minor fixes.

Reviewed by:	gibbs

Reviewed by:	gibbs
Sponsored by:	Spectra Logic
MFC after:	7 days
2010-06-08 03:13:26 +00:00
Matt Jacob
95f7dfb2fa Fix XPT_GET_TRAN_SETTING for FC which has been broken for while so that
it will figure out the correct target to handle index and be able to find
things like WWPN, etc.

MFC after:	2 weeks
2010-06-07 17:39:36 +00:00
Navdeep Parhar
3a2c6562f3 cxgb(4): add an 'nfilters' tunable that lets the user place an upper
limit on the number of hardware filters (and thus the amount of TCAM
reserved for filtering).
2010-06-07 08:23:16 +00:00
Nathan Whitehorn
351129c7bb Some revisions of the Serverworks K2 SATA controller have a data
corruption bug where if an ATA command is issued before DMA is started,
data will become available to the controller before it knows what to do
with it. This results in either data corruption or a controller crash.

This patch remedies the problem by adopting the workaround employed
by Linux and Darwin: starting the DMA engine prior to sending the ATA
command.

Observer on:	Xserve G5
Reviewed by:	mav
MFC after:	1 week
2010-06-06 14:09:48 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
e0b7b101ce Fix a bug introduced in r199011. When bge(4) reuses loaded RX
buffers it should also reinitialize RX descriptors otherwise some
stale data could be passed to controller. This could end up with
mbuf double free or unexpected NULL pointer dereference in upper
stack. To fix the issue, save loaded buffer's length and
reinitialize RX descriptors with the saved value whenever bge(4)
reuses the loaded RX buffers.
While I'm here, increase the number of RX buffers to 512 from 256.
This simplifies RX buffer handling as well as giving more RX
buffers. Controller supports just fixed number of RX buffers
(i.e. 512) and bge(4) used to rely on hope that our CPU is fast
enough to keep up with the controller. With this change, bge(4)
will use 1MB for RX buffers but I don't think it would cause
problems in these days.

Reported by:	marcel
Tested by:	marcel
2010-06-05 23:29:24 +00:00
Fabien Thomas
8b85d75511 Convert pm_runcount to int to correctly check for negative value.
Remove uncessary check for error.

Found with:	Coverity Prevent(tm)
MFC after:	1 month
2010-06-05 23:05:08 +00:00
Matt Jacob
54b2e8ad07 Be more specific about which CDB length we're going to use. Not really a likely
bug but we might as well be clearer.

Found with:	Coverity Prevent(tm)
CID:		3981

MFC after:	2 weeks
2010-06-05 20:37:40 +00:00
Nathan Whitehorn
fed318596c Add two new flags (IIC_M_NOSTOP and IIC_M_NOSTART) to struct iic_msg to
allow consumers of iicbus_transfer() to send messages with repeated starts.

Reviewed by:	imp
2010-06-05 17:48:26 +00:00
Nathan Whitehorn
33520e90b2 Correct the comment. We now use level low instead of edge high for this
interrupt.
2010-06-05 16:27:15 +00:00
Nathan Whitehorn
ff6f4d01f1 Partially revert r208162 while waiting for review on a more comprehensive
fix. On Apple OpenPICs, the low/high bit of the interrupt sense is only
respected for interrupt 0. We currently erroneously program all OpenPIC
interrupts level high instead of level low by default, which only matters
for some G5 systems where the SATA controllers use IRQ 0.

This change is a quick fix that will be reverted once the effect of
changing the default interrupt sense on embedded systems is known.

MFC after:	3 days
2010-06-05 16:25:25 +00:00
Konstantin Belousov
04c49e68de Use the fpu_kern_enter() interface to properly separate usermode FPU
context from in-kernel execution of padlock instructions and to handle
spurious FPUDNA exceptions that sometime are raised when doing padlock
calculations.

Globally mark crypto(9) kthread as using FPU.

Reviewed by:	pjd
Hardware provided by:	Sentex Communications
Tested by:	  pho
PR:    amd64/135014
MFC after:    1 month
2010-06-05 16:00:53 +00:00
Alexander Motin
20b964467e Fix possible use after free.
Found with:   Coverity Prevent(tm)
CID:          4634
2010-06-05 08:58:03 +00:00
Alexander Motin
c25d9e1d96 Fix use after free on error.
Found with:   Coverity Prevent(tm)
CID:          4722
2010-06-05 08:44:40 +00:00
Alexander Motin
de29bf5e98 Plug memory leak to silent Coverity. Error is still not really handled.
Found with:   Coverity Prevent(tm)
CID:          4137
2010-06-05 08:21:18 +00:00
Alexander Motin
8d659f349e Plug memory leak to silent Coverity. Error is still not really handled.
Found with:   Coverity Prevent(tm)
CID:          4196
2010-06-05 08:16:21 +00:00
Alexander Motin
b136465250 Fix attach errors handling.
Found with:   Coverity Prevent(tm)
CID:          3477
2010-06-05 08:14:19 +00:00
Alexander Motin
dc5a530b04 Plug memory leak to silent Coverity. Error is still not really handled.
Found with:   Coverity Prevent(tm)
CID:          4130
2010-06-05 08:07:54 +00:00
Alexander Motin
c4d8fe61a1 Fix attach errors handling.
Found with:   Coverity Prevent(tm)
CID:          3424
2010-06-05 08:02:19 +00:00
Matt Jacob
0a100e5b0b Make the internal target > SPC2 (so REPORT LUNS can be tested).
Give the NIL inquiry data real values other than just plain 0x7f
in the first byte.

MFC after:	2 weeks
2010-06-05 00:56:15 +00:00
Matt Jacob
4962e51b0c I was getting panics in sleepq_add for the second sleep in isp_kthread.
I don't know why- but it occurred to me in looking at the second sleep
is that all I want is a pause- not an actual sleep. So do that instead.

MFC after:	2 weeks
2010-06-05 00:55:21 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
9def357406 Don't blindly set IFF_DRV_OACTIVE when sge_encap() fails. If there
is no queued frame, IFF_DRV_OACTIVE would never be cleared.

Submitted by:	Nikolay Denev < ndenev <> gmail at com >
MFC after:	4 days
2010-06-04 17:11:33 +00:00
Alexander Motin
6ee9deb145 Fix PCH chipset IDs. They are 0x3bxx, not 0x3axx.
Pointy hat to:	me
2010-06-04 07:35:59 +00:00
Marius Strobl
b1abfe6c7c Avoid possible NULL-dereferences.
Found with:	Coverity Prevent(tm)
CID:		3428
MFC after:	3 days
2010-06-03 12:09:02 +00:00
Jack F Vogel
2d8f84cbea Fixes for panic experienced in test at Intel, when
doing bidirectional stress traffic on 82598.

Also a couple bug fixes from Michael Tuexen, thank you!!

Add a workaround into the header so that 8 REL can use
the driver (adds local copy of ALTQ fix).

MFC: in a few days
2010-06-03 00:00:45 +00:00
Matt Jacob
a035b0afa0 Various minor and not so minor fixes suggested by Coverity.
In at least one case, it's amazing that target mode worked at all.

Found by: Coverity.
MFC after:	2 weeks
2010-06-02 23:31:27 +00:00
Rafal Jaworowski
b618dad3c2 FDT (simplebus) compatible attachment for uart(4).
This will be a single uart(4) attachment code shared by all FDT-enabled
platforms.

Reviewed by:	imp
Sponsored by:	The FreeBSD Foundation
2010-06-02 17:20:00 +00:00
Rafal Jaworowski
58158742f2 Import the common Flattened Device Tree infrastructure.
o fdtbus(4) - the main abstract bus driver for all FDT-compliant systems. This
  is a direct replacement for the many incompatible bus drivers grouping
  integrated peripherals on embedded platforms (like obio(4), ocpbus(4) etc.)

o simplebus(4) - bus driver representing ePAPR style 'simple-bus' node, which
  is an umbrella device for most of the integrated peripherals on a typical
  system-on-chip device.

o Other components (common routines library, PCI node processing helper
  functions)

Reviewed by:	imp
Sponsored by:	The FreeBSD Foundation
2010-06-02 17:17:45 +00:00
Jung-uk Kim
e115a49ff3 Remove unnecessary pointer type castings, shift operations and dead code. 2010-06-01 21:15:05 +00:00
Rui Paulo
20c785f94f Rewrite ar9285SetBoardValues() to match what ath9k does and fix out of
bounds reads.

MFC after:	3 days
2010-06-01 15:47:57 +00:00
Rui Paulo
4f49ef4382 Bring in a couple of fixes from the Linux ath9k related to chip hangs.
While there, try to make the register write pattern look like what's
done by ath9k.

MFC after:	3 days
2010-06-01 15:33:10 +00:00
Rui Paulo
c48585e1c1 Fix an off by one in ar9285SetPowerCalTable().
Found with:	Coverity Prevent(tm)
CID:		3979
MFC after:	3 days
2010-06-01 14:37:11 +00:00
Andriy Gapon
fd63f40f93 amdsbwd: fix nonsensical timeout calculations
in case when sub-second interval is being programmed

Found by:	clang static analyzer
MFC after:	4 days
2010-05-31 09:07:23 +00:00
Jung-uk Kim
4affd62610 Fix a regression from r200554, which broke fdc(4) attachment to acpi(4).
I removed too many lines and a wrong pointer was accidentally passed down.

Tested by:	Scott Allendorf (scott-allendorf at uiowa dot edu), kib
MFC after:	3 days
2010-05-30 03:45:41 +00:00
Rui Paulo
bf59e055db Due to the way HALDEBUG() is defined, we need to add curly brackets
when using it as a sole if clause instruction.
While there, fix 'const static' typo.

Submitted by:	Arnaud Lacombe <alc@FreeBSD.org>
MFC after:	1 week
2010-05-29 16:14:02 +00:00
Rui Paulo
3a4a144128 Due to the way HALDEBUG() is defined, we need to add curly brackets when
using it as a sole if clause instruction.

Submitted by:	Arnaud Lacombe <alc@FreeBSD.org>
MFC after:	1 week
2010-05-29 16:11:51 +00:00
Rui Paulo
efe604e56b Don't shadow the global variable 'version'.
Submitted by:	Arnaud Lacombe <alc@NetBSD.org>
MFC after:	1 week
2010-05-29 16:10:07 +00:00
Rafal Jaworowski
6365985dfc Initial implementation of the OFW i/f methods for FDT back-end.
Reviewed by:	imp
Sponsored by:	The FreeBSD Foundation
2010-05-28 10:51:44 +00:00
Rafal Jaworowski
8297758a22 Prepare and extend OFW layer for FDT support.
o Let OFW_INIT() and OF_init() return status value.

o Provide helper routines for 'compatible' property handling.

o Only compile OF and OFW code, which is relevant in FDT scenario.

o Other minor cosmetics

Reviewed by:	imp
Sponsored by:	The FreeBSD Foundation
2010-05-28 10:43:56 +00:00
Matt Jacob
0e85f214e3 Add a new primitive, XPT_SCAN_TGT, to cover the range between scanning a
whole bus (XPT_SCAN_BUS) and a single lun on that bus (XPT_SCAN_LUN).

It's less resource comsumptive than scanning a whole bus when the
caller knows only one target has changes.

Reviewed by:	scsi@
Sponsored by:	Panasas
MFC after:	1 month
2010-05-26 22:49:42 +00:00
Gleb Smirnoff
f25a8a0150 Add uep(4), driver for USB onscreen touch panel from eGalax.
The driver is stub. It just creates device entry and feeds
reassembled packets from hardware into it.

If in future we would port wsmouse(4) from NetBSD, or make
sysmouse(4) to support absolute motion events, then the driver
can be extended to act as system mouse. Meanwhile, it just
presents a /dev/uep0, that can be utilized by X driver, that
I am going to commit to ports tree soon.

The name for the driver is chosen to be the same as in NetBSD,
however, due to different USB stacks this driver isn't a port.
2010-05-25 21:20:56 +00:00
Matt Jacob
1c0a1eb299 Don't leak CCBs for every ABORT.
Submitted by:	Ken Merry
MFC after:	One week
2010-05-25 20:19:45 +00:00
Matt Jacob
331c6a355a Remove extra break left by hand editing.
X-MFC: 208542
MFC after:	One Month
2010-05-25 16:50:35 +00:00
Matt Jacob
dad286235e Treat PRLI the same as PLOGI and make a database entry for it (target mode).
Obtained from:	Ken Merry
MFC after:	One Month
2010-05-25 16:46:29 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
2eae4d808a sge_encap() can sometimes return an error with m_head set to NULL.
Make sure not to requeue freed mbuf in sge_start_locked(). This
should fix NULL pointer dereference panic.

Reported by:	Nikolay Denev <ndenev <> gmail dot com>
Submitted by:	jhb
2010-05-24 17:12:44 +00:00
Alexander Motin
b5bc46d8d5 Report relative card address to NewBus as location string. 2010-05-23 09:44:48 +00:00
Alexander Motin
b169c85e20 Oops, HPET ID optionally stored in _UID, not in _ADR. 2010-05-23 08:31:15 +00:00
Alexander Motin
3c4c08dce7 Make table-based HPET identification more clever. Before creating fake
device, make sure we have no real HPET device entry with same ID.
As side effect, it potentially allows several HPETs to be attached.
Use first of them for timecounting, rest (if ever present) could later
be used as event sources.
2010-05-23 07:53:22 +00:00
Alexander Motin
cc6b610bea Fill rman range start/end values. It makes devinfo output more readable. 2010-05-22 08:30:47 +00:00
Jung-uk Kim
dd962f5b8a Suspend screen updates when the video controller is powered down. 2010-05-22 07:35:17 +00:00
Alexander Motin
445cc79ca9 Report ATA/SATA channel number to NewBus at location string. 2010-05-22 07:32:47 +00:00
Alexander Motin
75f5385157 Honor hw.pci.do_power_nodriver on resume. Power-down devices without
driver attached.
2010-05-22 03:19:30 +00:00
Alexander Motin
243e0fb9a0 Improve suspend/resume support. Make sure controller is idle on suspend
and reset it on resume.
2010-05-21 17:26:16 +00:00
Andrew Gallatin
2108913743 Add interrupt descriptions for mxge's msi-x vectors 2010-05-21 15:57:24 +00:00
Alexander Motin
6533cd198d Improve suspend/resume support. Make sure controller is idle on suspend
and reset it on resume.
2010-05-21 13:29:28 +00:00
John Baldwin
c29ae5520a Restore part of 200671 which was lost in previous driver changes:
- Add interrupt descriptions when using mulitple MSI-X interrupts.
2010-05-20 20:01:54 +00:00
Navdeep Parhar
cb958aba98 Remove invalid assertion.
Holding the adapter lock while changing the LRO settings is sufficient.

PR:		kern/146759
MFC after:	3 days
2010-05-20 18:22:45 +00:00
John Baldwin
f09d9fba89 Add support for the Perle Speed4 LE.
Submitted by:	Douglas K. Rand  rand of meridian-enviro com
MFC after:	3 days
2010-05-20 13:16:42 +00:00
Marius Strobl
4461491b3e Change ad_firmware_geom_adjust() to operate on a struct disk * only and
hook it up to ada(4) also. While at it, rename *ad_firmware_geom_adjust()
to *ata_disk_firmware_geom_adjust() etc now that these are no longer
limited to ad(4).

Reviewed by:	mav
MFC after:	3 days
2010-05-20 12:46:19 +00:00
Andrew Gallatin
56b6785885 Correctly identify some twinax cables, which report
a media type of 1.
2010-05-19 20:00:15 +00:00
Andrew Gallatin
70020d8129 Update mxge firmware to latest available from Myricom. 2010-05-19 19:44:00 +00:00
Jack F Vogel
3f13ffab71 A few changes:
When not defining header split do not allocate mbufs,
  this can be a BIG savings in the mbuf memory pool.

  Also keep seperate dma maps for the header and
  payload pieces when doing header split. The basis
  of this code was a patch done a while ago by
  yongari, thank you :)

  A number of white space changes.

MFC: in a few days
2010-05-19 00:03:48 +00:00
Jung-uk Kim
a46dd0b9e2 Restore the previous VESA mode after BIOS POST, just in case. 2010-05-18 22:30:55 +00:00
Jung-uk Kim
842795abcc Remove unnecessary pointer increment. A wrong pointer may be passed to
free(9) and it can cause kernel panic when there are multiple graphics
controllers in the system.

Tested by:	Brandon Gooch (jamesbrandongooch at gmail dot com)
MFC after:	3 days
2010-05-18 18:28:17 +00:00
Nathan Whitehorn
4a26780b9a Pull OF_quiesce() out of the MI Open Firmware layer and entirely into
PPC ofw_machdep.c, in recognition of its state as a machine specific hack.

Requested by:	marius
2010-05-16 22:01:43 +00:00
Nathan Whitehorn
4dea0435b5 Relocate interrupt sense setting for K2 SATA from the ATA driver to the
OFW PCI layer and read the sense directly from the device tree instead
of guessing.

MFC after:	1 week
2010-05-16 17:55:09 +00:00
Nathan Whitehorn
79bf3fcd18 On PowerMac11,2 and (presumably) PowerMac12,1, we need to quiesce the
firmware in order to take over control of the SMU. Without doing this,
the firmware background process doing fan control will run amok as we
take over the system and crash the management chip.

This is limited to these two machines because our kernel is heavily
dependent on firmware accesses, and so quiescing firmware can cause
nasty problems.
2010-05-16 15:56:59 +00:00
Nathan Whitehorn
ca2c19312e Add support for the U4 PCI-Express bridge chipset used in late-generation
Powermac G5 systems. MSI and several other things are not presently
supported.

The U3/U4 internal device support portions of this change were contributed
by Andreas Tobler.

MFC after:	1 week
2010-05-16 15:18:25 +00:00
Matt Jacob
a6119ff634 Correct compilation error introduced in last commit.
X-MFC:		208119
MFC after:      1 week
Sponsored By:   Panasas
Pointy Hat to:	Me
Noticed by:	Rob
2010-05-16 06:40:05 +00:00
Weongyo Jeong
f5101b5382 - fixes a bug that it didn't initialize the ratectl after association;
so ni_txrate returned 0 which is a invalid result.
- The fourth argument of ieee80211_ratectl_tx_complete() could be not
  NULL.

Reported by:	Gustau P?rez <gperez at entel.upc.edu>
Tested by:	Gustau P?rez <gperez at entel.upc.edu>,
		Ian FREISLICH <ianf at clue.co.za>
MFC after:	3 days
2010-05-15 21:18:15 +00:00
Matt Jacob
427fa8f9fe Whap. Hook up some wires that were forgotten a few months ago and restore
the zombie device timeout code and the loop down time code and the fabric
hysteresis code.
MFC after:	1 week
Sponsored By:	Panasas
2010-05-15 20:26:10 +00:00
Marius Strobl
876ab8b5e4 Fix a mismerge in r206001.
PR:		146614
Approved by:	jfv (implicit)
MFC afer:	3 days
2010-05-15 19:46:16 +00:00
Jack F Vogel
46168c5453 Small changes preparing for MFC, need to conditionalize
the buf_ring_free call, and lem is missing the WOL change
put into em.
2010-05-14 22:18:34 +00:00
Jack F Vogel
245c81a9ea A few minor fixes:
- add a moderation value to the Link vector
   - allow disabling HW RSC on the 82599 if LRO
     is not enabled.
   - correct error in the stats code
   - change optic type on the 82598 DA device

Thanks to Andrew Boyer for the changes.
2010-05-14 22:00:37 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
f7a5f7371a If controller received bad frames make sure to update newly added
RFA. Also drop frames that have either CRC error or alignment
error. Normally bad frames are not received at all. But controllers
running in promiscuous mode will receive bad frames. 82557 will
also receive bad frames to receive VLAN oversized frames.

While I'm here mark RNR condition if driver happen to see RNR in
RFA status and restart RU to receive frames again. Because driver
checks all received frames in RX loop, RNR condition could be set
in the middle of RX processing. Just relying on RNR interrupt was
not enough.

This change fixes "Memory modified after free" issue when fxp(4)
is running as a member of if_bridge(4).

Tested by:	Larry Baird <lab <> gta dot com>
MFC after:	5 days
2010-05-14 17:39:28 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
01e3ef82d1 Dont' allow dma map load deferring. fxp(4) is not able to handle
EINPROGRESS.
2010-05-14 16:58:37 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
4812aef510 Controller updates RFA via DMA so driver needs synchronization.
Add missing BUS_DMASYNC_POSTWRITE and BUS_DMASYNC_PREREAD.
2010-05-14 16:55:13 +00:00
Andrew Thompson
85e7bb81e9 Sync run(4) driver from author's site.
Submitted by:	Akinori Furukoshi
Obtained from:	git://gitorious.org/run/run.git
2010-05-13 00:19:03 +00:00
Andrew Thompson
f6980be8db Reduce diffs to p4.
Add test code for delaying or failing usb control requests, disabled by
 default under ifdef USB_REQ_DEBUG.

Submitted by:	Hans Petter Selasky
2010-05-12 23:40:44 +00:00
Andrew Thompson
9429d9dbb4 Fix possibly wrong bit masking.
Reported by:	n_hibma
Submitted by:	Hans Petter Selasky
2010-05-12 23:00:36 +00:00
Andrew Thompson
bc77ef90aa Add new FTDI USB device ID.
PR:		kern/146483
Submitted by:	Andre Albsmeier
2010-05-12 22:58:59 +00:00
Andrew Thompson
6057aa350b Increase the max ports to 12, 3G devices exist where the ppp endpoint is #9.
Requested by:	n_hibma
2010-05-12 22:57:16 +00:00
Andrew Thompson
d1f7c4baa1 Back out r203140 which was causing problems when the first and the last
microframe slot was not in the smask. The problem was that the EHCI driver was
then thinking that the transfer was immediately complete in some cases. Which
could lead to freeze-like situations, which can be recovered by unplugging the
USB device.

Reported by:	Richard Kolkovich
Submitted by:	Hans Petter Selasky
2010-05-12 22:55:45 +00:00
Andrew Thompson
e727a16cf1 Add missing ifdefs for usb power saving support.
Submitted by:	Hans Petter Selasky
2010-05-12 22:51:45 +00:00
Andrew Thompson
5fdb3a67ac Support getting signed and unsigned HID data.
Submitted by:	Alex Deiter
Reviewed by:	Hans Petter Selaksy
2010-05-12 22:50:23 +00:00
Andrew Thompson
c68e91c3a4 Add the ASUS MyPal A730W device id.
Submitted by:	Dmitry Luhtionov
2010-05-12 22:45:44 +00:00
Andrew Thompson
79838e2387 Provide more information about the device location in the USB system.
Submitted by:	Hans Petter Sekasky
2010-05-12 22:44:57 +00:00
Andrew Thompson
300f96f1f0 Enable support for mouse panning wheels.
Submitted by:	Henry Hu
2010-05-12 22:43:33 +00:00
Andrew Thompson
2df1e9a62a If a USB device is suspended and a USB set config request is issued when the
USB enumeration lock is locked, then the USB stack fails to resume the device
because locking the USB enumeration lock is part of the resume procedure. To
solve this issue a new lock is introduced which only protects the suspend and
resume callbacks, which can be dropped inside the usbd_do_request_flags()
function, to allow suspend and resume during so-called enumeration operations.

Submitted by:	Hans Petter Selasky
2010-05-12 22:42:35 +00:00
Andrew Thompson
8019e7e723 Staticise usb_ref_device and usb_unref_device.
Submitted by:	Hans Petter Selasky
2010-05-12 22:28:40 +00:00
Andrew Thompson
9f2d3fc5f3 Add quirks for the Alcor SDCR_6362 Card Reader, Freecom HDD storage device and
Samsung YP_U4 music player.

PR:		usb/145265, usb/146104
Submitted by:	Dmitry Luhtionov, Urankar Mikael, Peter Toth
2010-05-12 22:26:23 +00:00
Bernhard Schmidt
227901e1a2 Enable 5.5 and 11Mbit TX rates.
Reviewed by:	sam
Approved by:	rpaulo (mentor)
MFC after:	3 days
2010-05-11 17:14:17 +00:00
Marius Strobl
d9898229f5 Include <machine/ofw_machdep.h> for OF_getscsinitid(). 2010-05-10 20:02:39 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
8775710a1d SiS190 supports RX 10 bytes padding, CRC stripping as well as VLAN
hardware tag insertion/stripping. Remove conditional code that
disables these hardware features on SiS190. Also nuke RX fixup code
which is no more required on strict-alignment architectures because
SiS190 supports RX 10 bytes padding.
Now all hardware features except jumbo frame and WOL are supported.
Thanks to Masa Murayama who confirmed SiS190 also has the same
hardware features of SiS191.
I guess the only difference between SiS191 and SiS190 would be
jumbo frame support. It will be implemented in near future.
2010-05-10 17:35:17 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
65329b3111 Implement TSO and TSO over VLAN. Increase number of allowed
fragmentation of mbuf chain to 32 from 16 because TSO can send 64KB
sized packet which in turn requires long list of mbuf chain. Due to
lack of documentation, I'm not sure whether driver have to pull up
ethernet/IP/TCP header with options to make controller work but
driver have to parse TCP header to update pseudo TCP checksum
anyway. The controller expects pseudo TCP checksum computed by
upper stack and the checksum should follow the MS NDIS
specification to make TSO work.

Tested by:	xclin <xclin <> cs dot nctu dot edu dot tw >
2010-05-10 17:14:14 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
8da9c50775 Export hardware MAC statistics through sysctl node. Previously
fxp(4) already used to extract most hardware MAC statistics but it
didn't show them. With this change, all MAC statistics counters
are exported. Because there are a couple of new counters for 82558
and 82559, enable extended MAC statistics functionality to get
these counters. Accoring to public data sheet, 82559 MAC statistics
return 24 DWORD counters(3 counters are unknown at this moment) so
increase MAC counter structure to meet the MAC statistics block size.
The completion of MAC counter dump is now checked against
FXP_STATS_DR_COMPLETE status code which is appended at the end of
status block. Previously fxp(4) ignored the status of the
FXP_SCB_COMMAND_CU_DUMPRESET command. fxp(4) does not wait for the
completion of pending command before issuing
FXP_SCB_COMMAND_CU_DUMPRESET. Instead it skips the command and try
it next time. This scheme may show better performance but there is
chance to loose updated counters after stopping controller. So make
sure to update MAC statistics in fxp_stop().
While I'm here move sysctl node creation to fxp_sysctl_node().

Tested by:	Larry Baird < lab <> gta dot com >
2010-05-09 22:16:15 +00:00
Ed Maste
6dd8e071f0 Add dummy function for ic_update_mcast (a la if_urtw) to avoid console
spam.
2010-05-08 11:56:00 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
485d41c0a7 Don't change PCIe maximum read request size to 2048 on RTL810x
controllers. It caused device timeouts.

Reported by:	McLone < mclone <> gmail dot com >
Tested by:	McLone < mclone <> gmail dot com >
MFC after:	5 days
2010-05-07 23:05:27 +00:00
Fabien Thomas
b92990ef88 Add a fastpath to allocate from packet zone when using m_getjcl.
This will add support for packet zone for at least igb and ixgbe
and will avoid to check for that in bce and mxge.

MFC after: 1 week
2010-05-07 22:09:17 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
7251782989 8255x configure command requires number of bytes of configuration
table. The default size of the configuration table was 22 bytes. To
use extended feature of 82550/82551 the configuration table size
was expanded to 32 bytes. The added configuration for 82550/82551
specifies VLAN hardware tagging and IPSec configuration as well as
TCO.
To make configuration easier fxp(4) used a configuration template
and the template was copied to configuration table. After that,
some parameters of the configuration table was changed depending on
controller type and operation mode. However the size of template
was 22 bytes so some configuration parameters were not properly
initialized on 82550/82551.
Fix this by increasing the template size. For 82557, 82558 and
82559 the size of the configuration is still 22 bytes.
2010-05-07 18:03:35 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
a026a25b1d It seems controller has two types of promiscuous control, one for
unicast and the other for multicast. To receive multicast frames
that host didn't join in promiscuous mode, driver have to set
promiscuous mode for multicast frames as well.
The Open Source Software Developer Manual for i8255x was not clear
how to handle promiscuous mode.

PR:		kern/145905
MFC after:	5 days
2010-05-07 16:43:00 +00:00
Bernhard Schmidt
2e3a546047 Add a workaround for a bug in the firmware regarding the transition
from passive to active scans. Basicly disable it by increasing the
amount packets to be received to an amount which can't be reached
during dwell times.

Approved by:	rpaulo (mentor)
MFC after:	3 days
2010-05-06 17:53:04 +00:00
Alexander Motin
14496931b0 Fix polled operation. Now it is possible to dump kernel via mvs(4). 2010-05-06 06:44:26 +00:00
Navdeep Parhar
1d4942f42f Don't ring the tx doorbell for every frame when we know more frames
will follow.  Adjust the freelist and response queue doorbells too.

Discussed with:	kmacy
2010-05-05 22:52:06 +00:00
Navdeep Parhar
b85998cb48 Do not hold the T3 firmware in memory all the time. firmware(9) can
load/unload it as needed.
2010-05-05 22:29:54 +00:00
Joel Dahl
8e0ad55abb Switch to our preferred 2-clause BSD license.
Approved by:	kmacy
2010-05-05 20:39:02 +00:00
Alan Cox
28a50a192f Push down the acquisition of the page queues lock into vm_page_unwire(). 2010-05-05 07:40:54 +00:00
Alan Cox
e3ef0d2fcf Push down the acquisition of the page queues lock into vm_page_unwire().
Update the comment describing which lock should be held on entry to
vm_page_wire().

Reviewed by:	kib
2010-05-05 03:45:46 +00:00
Navdeep Parhar
d6da836201 Add support for hardware filters to cxgb(4). The T3 chip can inspect
L2/3/4 headers and can drop or steer packets as instructed.  Filtering
based on src ip, dst ip, src port, dst port, 802.1q, udp/tcp, and mac
addr is possible.  Add support in cxgbtool to program these filters.
Some simple examples:

Drop all tcp/80 traffic coming from the subnet specified.
# cxgbtool cxgb2 filter 0 sip 192.168.1.0/24 dport 80 type tcp action drop

Steer all incoming UDP traffic to qset 0.
# cxgbtool cxgb2 filter 1 type udp queue 0 action pass

Steer all tcp traffic from 192.168.1.1 to qset 1.
# cxgbtool cxgb2 filter 2 sip 192.168.1.1 type tcp queue 1 action pass

Drop fragments.
# cxgbtool cxgb2 filter 3 type frag action drop

List all filters.
# cxgbtool cxgb2 filter list
index         SIP                DIP     sport dport VLAN PRI P/MAC type Q
    0     192.168.1.0/24         0.0.0.0     *    80    0 0/1 */*    tcp -
    1         0.0.0.0/0          0.0.0.0     *     *    0 0/1 */*    udp 0
    2     192.168.1.1/32         0.0.0.0     *     *    0 0/1 */*    tcp 1
    3         0.0.0.0/0          0.0.0.0     *     *    0 0/1 */*   frag -
16367         0.0.0.0/0          0.0.0.0     *     *    0 0/1 */*      * *

MFC after:	2 weeks
2010-05-05 00:41:40 +00:00
Navdeep Parhar
2caefebb07 Add IFCAP_LINKSTATE to cxgb's capabilities.
MFC after:	3 days
2010-05-04 23:55:08 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
3edfecaa37 When VLAN hardware tagging is disabled, make sure to disable VLAN
checksum offloading as well as TSO over VLAN.

Reported by:	jhb
2010-05-04 22:24:19 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
f648f6bb0c Free entire mbuf chain instead of the first mbuf. 2010-05-04 21:23:59 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
55c978ba9d Enable multi-descriptor transmisstion for fragmented mbufs. There
is no more need to defragment mbufs. After transmitting the
multi-fragmented frame, the controller updates only the first
descriptor of multi-descriptor transmission so it's driver's
responsibility to clear OWN bits of remaining descriptor of
multi-descriptor transmission. It seems the controller behaves much
like jme(4) controllers in descriptor handling.

Tested by:	xclin <xclin <> cs dot nctu dot edu dot tw >
2010-05-04 19:04:51 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
7135e11ef9 Remove clearing RxHashTable2 register. The register is reprogrammed
in sge_rxfilter().
2010-05-04 17:34:00 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
31fefd0d5d Make sure to check whether driver is running before processing
received frames. Also check driver has valid ifp pointer before
calling msk_stop() in device_shutdown handler. While I'm here
remove unnecessary accesses to interrupt mask registers in
device_shutdown handler because driver puts the controller into
reset state.
With these changes, msk(4) now survive from heavy RX traffic(1byte
UDP frame) while reboot is in progress.

Reported by:	Mark Atkinson < atkin901 <> gmail dot com >
2010-05-04 17:12:36 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
3d763c3133 Drop driver lock before exiting from interrupt handler.
Submitted by:	jhb
MFC after:	3 days
2010-05-04 17:02:34 +00:00
Jung-uk Kim
c909aebcbb - Remove more dead code[1]. Since r207330, we only need to check division
by zero of the second argument 'from'.
- Prefer u_int32_t over unsigned int to make its intention more clearer.
- Move the function to a header file and make it a static inline function.

Pointed out by:	Andrew Reilly (areilly at bigpond dot net dot au)[1]
MFC after:	3 days
2010-05-04 16:56:59 +00:00
Alan Cox
a7283d3213 Add page locking to the vm_page_cow* functions.
Push down the acquisition and release of the page queues lock into
vm_page_wire().

Reviewed by:	kib
2010-05-04 15:55:41 +00:00
Marius Strobl
917825acb9 - Don't set CAS_PCS_DATAPATH to anything except CAS_PCS_DATAPATH_SERDES
on Cassini using the external PCS SERDES otherwise unaligned access
  traps and other strange effects happen with some machines. Don't touch
  the MIF which is unused in that case either. These changes require the
  PHY type to use to be determined via the OFW device tree or from the
  VPD in machines without the former.
- Disable the SERDES pins of Saturn when not used in order to save power
  and ensure they are enabled otherwise.
- In cas_attach() use the correct register offset for CAS_PCS_CONF_EN.
- Add some bus space barriers missing in the PCS code path.

These changes make the Sun GigaSwift Ethernet 1.0 MMF cards as well as
the on-board interfaces found in Sun Fire B100s Blade Server work.

PR:	144867
2010-05-03 20:57:16 +00:00
Konstantin Belousov
fc0c3802f0 Lock the page around vm_page_activate() and vm_page_deactivate() calls
where it was missed. The wrapped fragments now protect wire_count with
page lock.

Reviewed by:	alc
2010-05-03 20:31:13 +00:00
Marius Strobl
17bc427d0b On sparc64 obtain the initiator ID from the Open Firmware device tree
in order to match what the PROM built-in driver uses.

Approved by:	mjacob
2010-05-03 18:39:40 +00:00
Alan Cox
5fdd0a335f Acquire the page lock around vm_page_unwire(). For consistency, extend the
scope of the object lock in agp_i810.c.  (In this specific case, the scope
of the object lock shouldn't matter, but I don't want to create a bad
example that might be copied to a case where it did matter.)

Reviewed by:	kib
2010-05-03 16:55:50 +00:00
Alan Cox
492d01762f Neither the page lock nor the page queues lock is required to unwire and
free a VM_ALLOC_NOOBJ page.  (Such pages are unmanaged.)
2010-05-03 15:51:59 +00:00
Maxim Sobolev
e50d35e6c6 Add new tunable 'net.link.ifqmaxlen' to set default send interface
queue length. The default value for this parameter is 50, which is
quite low for many of today's uses and the only way to modify this
parameter right now is to edit if_var.h file. Also add read-only
sysctl with the same name, so that it's possible to retrieve the
current value.

MFC after:	1 month
2010-05-03 07:32:50 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
464aa6d5fb Fix wrong dma tag usage. Previously it used TX descriptor ring dma
tag which should be TX mbuf dma tag.

Reported by:	xclin <xclin <> cs dot nctu dot edu dot tw >
2010-05-03 00:56:26 +00:00
Matt Jacob
5eb6cd0263 Print IR_RESYNC updates informatively.
Obtained from:	pluknet
MFC after:	1 week
2010-05-02 22:48:27 +00:00
Alexander Motin
dd48af360f Import mvs(4) - Marvell 88SX50XX/88SX60XX/88SX70XX/SoC SATA controllers
driver for CAM ATA subsystem. This driver supports same hardware as
atamarvell, ataadaptec and atamvsata drivers from ata(4), but provides
many additional features, such as NCQ, PMP, etc.
2010-05-02 19:28:30 +00:00
Marius Strobl
f6ffc3c26b Remove redundant checking of sc_leaving (uart_intr() already handles this).
Approved by:	marcel
2010-05-02 19:07:19 +00:00
Marius Strobl
a9ef85b792 Remove a soft member which was never used.
Approved by:	marcel
2010-05-02 19:05:57 +00:00
Alexander Motin
205367f9bc Enable PCI busmastering explicitly to be sure. 2010-05-02 14:46:05 +00:00
Alexander Motin
da6808c111 Make SATA XPT negotiate and enable some additional SATA features, such as:
- device initiated power management (some devices support only this way);
 - Automatic Partial to Slumber Transition (more power saving);
 - DMA auto-activation (expected to slightly improve performance).
More features could be added later, when hardware supports.
2010-05-02 12:07:47 +00:00
Ryan Stone
04001891bb When configuring a system-wide couting PMC, hwpmc was incorrectly logging process mappings for that PMC. Nothing ever reads pmc logs out of a counting PMC, so the log buffers were leaked when the PMC was deconfigured. The process mappings are only useful for sampling PMCs anyway, so only log the mappings if the PMC is a sampling PMC.
This bug would cause allocating sample-mode PMCs to fail with ENOMEM after allocating several counting-mode PMCs.

Approved by:	jkoshy (mentor)
MFC after:	2 weeks
2010-05-01 22:04:58 +00:00
Warner Losh
bc391cb2ce The Atheros AR71xx CPUs, when paired with the AR5212 parts, has a bug
that generates a fatal bus trap.  Normally, the chips are setup to do
128 byte DMA bursts, but when on this CPU, they can only safely due
4-byte DMA bursts due to this bug.  Details of the exact nature of the
bug are sketchy, but some can be found at
https://forum.openwrt.org/viewtopic.php?pid=70060 on pages 4, 5 and 6.
There's a small performance penalty associated with this workaround,
so it is only enabled when needed on the Atheros AR71xx platforms.

Unfortunately, this condition is impossible to detect at runtime
without MIPS specific ifdefs.  Rather than cast an overly-broad net
like Linux/OpenWRT dues (which enables this workaround all the time on
MIPS32 platforms), we put this option in the kernel for just the
affected machines.  Sam didn't like this aspect of the patch when he
reviewed it, and I'd love to hear sane proposals on how to fix it :)

Reviewed by:	sam@
2010-05-01 16:36:14 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
b9ddb8695d Add Marvell PHYG65G Gigabit PHY which is found on 88E8059 Yukon Optima.
Tested by:	James LaLagna < jameslalagna <> gmail dot com >
MFC after:	5 days
2010-04-30 19:01:55 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
e19bd6ee55 Add basic support for Marvell 88E8059 Yukon Optima.
Tested by:	James LaLagna < jameslalagna <> gmail dot com >
MFC after:	5 days
2010-04-30 18:58:55 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
7c8db6fd16 Disable non-ASF packet flushing on Yukon Extreme as vendor's driver
does. Without this change, Yukon Extreme seems to generate lots of
RX FIFO overruns even though controller has available RX buffers.
These excessive RX FIFO overruns generated lots of pause frames
which in turn killed devices plugged into switch. It seems there is
still occasional RX frame corruption on Yukon Extreme but this
change seems to fix the pause frame storm.

Reported by:	jhb
Tested by:	jhb
MFC after:	5 days
2010-04-30 18:04:46 +00:00
Alexander Motin
5b228a7a86 Add Target/LUN ID checks. 2010-04-30 08:37:00 +00:00
Alexander Motin
81a75ae365 Add Target/LUN ID checks and deny access to targets 1-14 when PMP absent. 2010-04-30 08:22:47 +00:00
Alexander Motin
89f2835fc9 Add Target/LUN ID checks and deny access to targets 1-14 when PMP absent.
Enforce PMA bit clearing when PMP detached to avoid further scan timeouts.
2010-04-30 08:02:12 +00:00
David Christensen
7c409214bf - Enable flow control.
- Print device details only when verbose boot is enabled.
- Add debug output for shared memory access.
- Add debug statistics (checksum offload & VLAN frame counters).
- Modify TX path to update consumer index for each frame completed
  rather than updating the consumer index only once for a group of
  frames to improve small packet performance.
- Print driver/firmware pulse messages only when verbose boot
  is enabled.
- Add debug sysctl to clear statistics.
- Fix more style(9) violations.

MFC after:	2 weeks
2010-04-30 02:35:46 +00:00
Kip Macy
2965a45315 On Alan's advice, rather than do a wholesale conversion on a single
architecture from page queue lock to a hashed array of page locks
(based on a patch by Jeff Roberson), I've implemented page lock
support in the MI code and have only moved vm_page's hold_count
out from under page queue mutex to page lock. This changes
pmap_extract_and_hold on all pmaps.

Supported by: Bitgravity Inc.

Discussed with: alc, jeffr, and kib
2010-04-30 00:46:43 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
106b2e2ff2 Both RX_GMF_LP_THR and RX_GMF_UP_THR must be 16 bits register. If
it is 8bits register then RX FIFO size can't exceed 2KB which is
not true for almost all Yukon II controller.
2010-04-30 00:34:00 +00:00
David Christensen
ae575eab2c - Pass flow control settings back to bce(4).
MFC after:	Two weeks
2010-04-29 22:00:57 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
c186cf13eb Enable VLAN hardware tag insertion/stripping. Due to lack of SiS190
controller, I'm not sure whether this is also applicable to SiS190
so this feature is only activated on SiS191 controller.
In theory, controller reinitialization is not needed when VLAN tag
configuration is changed, but xclin said controller was not stable
whenever toggling VLAN tag bit. To address that, sge(4)
reinitialize controller for VLAN configuration which seems to work
as expected. VLAN tag information for TX/RX descriptor and
configure bit of RxMacControl register was found by xclin.

Submitted by:	xclin <xclin <> cs dot nctu dot edu dot tw > (initial version)
Tested by:	xclin <xclin <> cs dot nctu dot edu dot tw >
2010-04-29 18:14:14 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
d1c5ee8030 Enable FCS stripping and padding 10 bytes bit of RX MAC control
register. Due to lack of SiS190 controller, I'm not sure whether
this is also applicable to SiS190 so this feature is only activated
on SiS191 controller.
The controller can pad 10 bytes before DMAing a received frame to
RX buffer and received bytes include the padded bytes. This padding
is very useful on strict-alignment architectures because driver
does not have to copy received frame to align IP header on 4 bytes
boundary. It also gives better RX performance on non-strict
alignment architectures. Special thanks to xclin to give me
valuable register information. Without his enthusiastic trial and
errors this wouldn't be even possible.

While I'm here tighten validity check of received frame. Controller
clears RDS_CRCOK bit when it received bad CRC frames. xclin found
that using loop back testing.

Tested by:	xclin <xclin <> cs dot nctu dot edu dot tw >
2010-04-29 18:00:42 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
7f20f021e1 Explicitly marks SiS190 to differentiate it from SiS191. 2010-04-29 17:34:01 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
60a1a1542e Remove wrong link state chage. 2010-04-29 17:30:21 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
9c2851d29a Preserve unknown bits of RX MAC control register when driver
programs RX filter configuration. It seems RX MAC control register
is one of key registers to get various offloading features as well
as performance. Blindly clearing unrelated bits can result in
unexpected results.

Tested by:	xclin <xclin <> cs dot nctu dot edu dot tw >
2010-04-29 17:28:07 +00:00
Maxim Sobolev
ff605594dd On certain chipsets AT keyboard controller isn't present and is
emulated by BIOS using SMI interrupt. On those chipsets reading
from the status port may be thousand times slower than usually.
Sometimes this emilation is not working properly resulting in
commands timing out and since we assume that inb() operation
takes very little time to complete we need to adjust number of
retries to keep waiting time within a designed limits (100ms).
Measure time it takes to make read_status() call and adjust
number of retries accordingly.

To keep it simple, use TSC to measure inb() performance and
keep it to amd64-only, since TSC may not available on older
CPUs.

Also enable detection of the AT controller absence on amd64.

Reviewed by:	jhb
MFC after:	1 month
2010-04-29 06:16:00 +00:00
Jung-uk Kim
3f5e024c14 Merge ACPICA 20100428. 2010-04-28 22:25:27 +00:00
Jack F Vogel
beef45ff88 Address the LOD that some are seeing, put the RX lock
back in rxeof (I could see little point in taking it out),
and now release it before the stack entry.

Also, make it so the 82574 does not configure for multiqueue
when its not used in the stack.
2010-04-28 19:22:52 +00:00
John Baldwin
aa1385cd7b Initialize the callout structure earlier in attach before calling any
routines that can fail since ciss_free() always tries to stop and drain
the callout.
2010-04-28 18:49:45 +00:00
Jack F Vogel
1655af0a72 Change default WOL back to MAGIC only, having
multicast enabled causes problems in man environments.
2010-04-28 17:37:30 +00:00
Jung-uk Kim
8c975e70af Remove dead code. Calculated greatest common divisor was not used at all.
On top of that, LLVM+Clang mis-compiles this code because of its register
allocator bug.

Analyzed by:	Andrew Reilly (areilly at bigpond dot net dot au)
Reviewed by:	ariff, rdivacky
MFC after:	3 days
2010-04-28 17:26:05 +00:00
Attilio Rao
d8b878873e - Extract the IODEV_PIO interface from ia64 and make it MI.
In the end, it does help fixing /dev/io usage from multithreaded
  processes.
- On i386 and amd64 the old behaviour is kept but multithreaded
  processes must use the new interface in order to work well.
- Support for the other architectures is greatly improved, where
  necessary, by the necessity to define very small things now.

Manpage update will happen shortly.

Sponsored by:	Sandvine Incorporated
PR:		threads/116181
Reviewed by:	emaste, marcel
MFC after:	3 weeks
2010-04-28 15:38:01 +00:00
Robert Noland
e7699af0af fx->lock is used as an index, correct test case.
MFC after:	1 week
2010-04-28 10:33:41 +00:00
Marius Strobl
8ba5efbd6f On sparc64 obtain the initiator ID to be used for SPI HBAs from the
Open Firmware device tree in order to match what the PROM built-in
driver uses. This is especially important when netbooting Fujitsu
Siemens PRIMEPOWER250 as in that case the built-in driver isn't used
and the port facts PortSCSIID defaults to 0, conflicting with the
disk at the same address.
2010-04-27 18:41:16 +00:00
Marius Strobl
a8217f5c2e Replace a magic value with the appropriate macro. 2010-04-27 18:06:54 +00:00
Marius Strobl
699346fc8b - On sparc64 obtain the initiator ID from the Open Firmware device tree
in order to match what the PROM built-in driver uses.
- Remove some no longer used includes.
2010-04-27 18:05:33 +00:00
Marius Strobl
45191d2588 Take advantage of OF_getscsinitid(). 2010-04-27 15:50:25 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
4c7421aadb It seems ale(4) controllers do not like to see TCP payload in the
first descriptor in TSO case. Otherwise controller can generate bad
frames during TSO. To address it, make sure to pull up ethernet +
IP + TCP header with options in first buffer. Also ensure the
buffer length of the first descriptor for TSO covers entire ethernet
+ IP + TCP with options and setup additional Tx descriptor if the
first buffer includes TCP payload.

Tested by:	Amar Takhar <verm <> darkbeer dot org >
MFC after:	1 week
2010-04-26 21:08:15 +00:00
Marius Strobl
2d857b9b19 For the on-board interfaces found in Fujitsu SPARC64 machines obtain the
MAC address via OFW as well.
2010-04-26 18:56:06 +00:00
Alexander Motin
22b9488310 Mark ATA channel as idle on timeout in non-ATA_CAM mode.
This should fix possible duplicate request completion.

Submitted by:	mjacob
2010-04-26 11:58:15 +00:00
Weongyo Jeong
7d04a6be12 ifp->if_ipackets++ when RX packet interrupts are occurred.
MFC after:	3 days
2010-04-24 23:32:24 +00:00
Robert Noland
1f4aef21da remove vm obect tracker that slipped in from prior work.
MFC after:	2 weeks
2010-04-24 18:13:12 +00:00
Robert Noland
05d841b38b Address some WITNESS panics that occur when using the via driver.
Some of these cases should be safe in a non-atomic fashion, however
since all of the driver ioctls are locked, a lot of work is required to
fix it correctly.  Just don't sleep now.

MFC after:	2 weeks
2010-04-23 14:48:30 +00:00
Andrew Thompson
5b3bb704f7 Use a more obvious prefix for the USB control (endpoint 0) transfers rather
than default_*.
2010-04-22 22:15:08 +00:00
Andrew Thompson
91cd92400f Properly name the sxlocks, mutexes and condvars. 2010-04-22 22:00:16 +00:00
Andrew Thompson
0d92ac2a92 Use SX_DUPOK rather than making the string unique. 2010-04-22 21:41:50 +00:00
Andrew Thompson
b850ecc180 Change USB_DEBUG to #ifdef and allow it to be turned off. Previously this had
the illusion of a tunable setting but was always turned on regardless.

MFC after:	1 week
2010-04-22 21:31:34 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
a1a667ecf1 Intialize interrupt moderation control register. The magic value
was chosen by lots of trial and errors. The chosen value shows
good interrupt moderation without additional latency.
Without this change, controller can generate more than 140k
interrupts per second under high network load.

Submitted by:	xclin <xclin <> cs dot nctu dot edu dot tw >
2010-04-22 20:25:07 +00:00
Robert Noland
a003741e38 Now that we properly set write-combining on the pages that back the GART,
disable snooping on radeons.

MFC after:	2 weeks
2010-04-22 18:47:30 +00:00
Robert Noland
2ee6488c02 re-write scatter gather memory allocation yet again...
This time, abandon the use of busdma and start interacting with the VM
system directly.  Make use of the new kmem_alloc_attr() which allows us
to easily allocate non-contiguous pages to back the GART table.  This
should help a lot when starting or restarting X after the system has
been running for a while and memory has become fragmented.

MFC after:	2 weeks
2010-04-22 18:44:23 +00:00
Robert Noland
9c03c0d88c Rework how drm maps are handled.
* On 32 bit platforms we steal the upper 4 bits of the map handle
   to store a unique map id.
 * On 64 bit platforms we steal the upper 24 bits.

Resolves issues where the offsets that are handed to mmap may overlap the VRAM on some cards.

Tested on: radeon, intel, mga, and via.

This will break nouveau.  I will spin new patches shortly.
2010-04-22 18:21:25 +00:00
Andrew Thompson
6639021699 Also add the usb mode to the devd string as the usb controller can work in both
host or device (gadget) modes.

Suggested by:	HPS
2010-04-21 23:03:26 +00:00
Andrew Thompson
3acd904d85 Change usb devd events from fake attach to a notify. The ugen device is not a
proper device_t so it faked the devctl event to appear like one, this is now a
notify which allows more information to be passed.

We notify for both the device attach/detach and for each usb interface. A devd
rule can now match on the interface properties, including composite devices
which may have a uvideo interface and also usound and possibly uhid too.

An example to match a umass device with a scsi subclass and BBB protocol would be

notify 100 {
	match "system"          "USB";
	match "subsystem"       "INTERFACE";
	match "type"            "ATTACH";
	match "intclass"        "0x08";
	match "intsubclass"     "0x06";
	match "intprotocol"     "0x50";
	action ...
};

The old attach devctl event has been retained for the moment to make merging to
8.1 easier. This was never compatible with 7.x or earlier due to the ugen regex
change needed.

Reviewed by:	warner
MFC after:	1 week
2010-04-21 21:51:14 +00:00
Bernhard Schmidt
698de07abb Use correct bus_dma_tag_t for TX frames.
Reported by:	Andreas Nilsson <andrnils at gmail.com>
Approved by:	rpaulo (mentor)
MFC after:	3 days
2010-04-21 17:38:16 +00:00
Rebecca Cran
62592d9173 It's not necessary to reset the chip every time an input overflow event
occurs. In addition, the delay when programming the short cable fix
should be 100us, not 100ms.

PR:	kern/64556
Submitted by:	Thomas Hurst <tom at hur.st>
Approved by:	rrs (mentor)
MFC after:	1 week
2010-04-20 19:30:12 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
6da6d0a9e3 With r206844, CSUM_TCP is also set for CSUM_TSO case. Modify
drivers to take into account for the change. Basically CSUM_TSO
should be checked before checking CSUM_TCP.
2010-04-19 22:10:40 +00:00
Rui Paulo
0ff2943ecb Revert r206755. It causes some laptops to stop booting. 2010-04-19 14:07:33 +00:00
Bernhard Schmidt
82ff07c047 Remove IPW_LOCK_DECL and fix various LORs.
Approved by:	rpaulo (mentor)
2010-04-17 18:18:46 +00:00
Bernhard Schmidt
6e4c30c9cd Use iv_appie_wpa, with this commit WPA works again.
Approved by:	rpaulo (mentor)
2010-04-17 18:17:25 +00:00
Bernhard Schmidt
557c25b48f - Make ipw usable again by moving directly into ASSOC state.
- No need to manually switch to RUN state, assoc response takes care
  of that.

Approved by:	rpaulo (mentor)
2010-04-17 18:16:14 +00:00
Bernhard Schmidt
892d2e9d9b Pass correct RSSI to ieee80211_input*().
Approved by:	rpaulo (mentor)
2010-04-17 18:14:49 +00:00
Bernhard Schmidt
d02ae91a4c Fix comment about ipw_assoc and remove some whitespaces; no functional
changes.

Approved by:	rpaulo (mentor)
2010-04-17 18:13:52 +00:00
Rui Paulo
25eb6a7d87 Add another ICH7M chipset that works.
MFC after:	1 week
2010-04-17 11:40:39 +00:00
Jack F Vogel
c99cdece4e Remove the tx queue selection based on the cpu whe
no flowid is present, this was causing some bad
reordering, now just use 0.

Also, add a few watchdog bits, and tx handler bits
that were corrected in igb.
2010-04-16 16:33:05 +00:00
Fabien Thomas
5d0848e9c6 - Fix a typo OFFCORE_REQUESTS.ANY.RFO is B0H10H and not 80H10H.
- Enable missing PARTIAL_ADDRESS_ALIAS for Core i7.

MFC after: 3 days
2010-04-15 19:45:03 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
c6491946d8 Fix include path. 2010-04-15 17:24:21 +00:00
Andrew Gallatin
2a29e09f38 Add missing IFCAP_LINKSTATE to mxge
Submitted by: yongari
2010-04-15 14:26:52 +00:00
Andrew Gallatin
c406ad2ecc Cleanup if_media handling in mxge(4)
- Re-probe xfp / sfp+ socket on link events, in case user
    has changed transceiver
- correctly report current media to avoid confusing lagg (reported by Panasas)
- Report link speed  (submitted by yongari)

Reviewed by: yongari (earlier version)

MFC after: 7 days
2010-04-15 13:50:55 +00:00
Alexander Motin
94410af774 Explicitly enable PCI busmastering on attach.
Now SiI3124 with siis(4) successfully works on sparc64 (SunBlade 100).

H/W donated by:	Gheorghe Ardelean
2010-04-15 11:17:33 +00:00
Gavin Atkinson
2d8d6ee437 Use the UIPROTO_BOOT_KEYBOARD #define from usb.h rather than a local
(almost identically named) local #define.

Reviewed by:	hselasky
2010-04-14 22:03:48 +00:00
Jack F Vogel
d43a118797 Add a missing fragment in the tx msix handler to invoke
another if all work is not done.

Sync the igb driver with changes suggested by yongari and
made in em, these made sense to be in both drivers.
2010-04-14 20:55:33 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
d193ed0bed Add driver for Silicon Integrated Systems SiS190/191 Fast/Gigabit Ethernet.
This driver was written by Alexander Pohoyda and greatly enhanced
by Nikolay Denev. I don't have these hardwares but this driver was
tested by Nikolay Denev and xclin.

Because SiS didn't release data sheet for this controller, programming
information came from Linux driver and OpenSolaris. Unlike other open
source driver for SiS190/191, sge(4) takes full advantage of TX/RX
checksum offloading and does not require additional copy operation in
RX handler.
The controller seems to have advanced offloading features like VLAN
hardware tag insertion/stripping, TCP segmentation offload(TSO) as
well as jumbo frame support but these features are not available
yet. Special thanks to xclin <xclin<> cs dot nctu dot edu dot tw>
who sent fix for receiving VLAN oversized frames.
2010-04-14 20:45:33 +00:00
Jack F Vogel
7ea05bb9a5 Remove multiqueue stack related stuff form lem, it is
unneeded for legacy hardware.
Also remove some TSO related cruft.
Add some watchdog_time setting that was missing, thanks
to Mikolaj Golub for pointing that out.
2010-04-14 18:29:01 +00:00
Alexander Motin
b9f59cca0d For early ALI chips do not announce I/O sizes that require unsupported
48bit DMA commands.
2010-04-14 15:29:32 +00:00
Kevin Lo
547f27959b Eliminate duplicate comment 2010-04-14 07:07:43 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
500a4ded5d Add Agere ET1011 PHY which is found on Belkin F5D5055 USB
controller. Unlike Agere ET1011C, Agere ET1011 does not seem to
need special DSP programming to workaround silicon bug.
2010-04-13 20:07:52 +00:00
Ed Maste
6352e2e20a Use enums in the aac_command_status_table rather than duplicating the same
values in two places.

Suggested by: Garrett Cooper
2010-04-13 12:10:55 +00:00
Kevin Lo
cc552e7ed9 The Quanta Q101 modem has a different type of cdrom driver disk,
add the product id and use a standard scsi eject.

Reviewed by:	thompsa
MFC after:	3 days
2010-04-13 06:27:02 +00:00
Ed Maste
e71d3b9c19 Sync some minor items with the upstream driver. Should have no functional
change.
2010-04-13 01:16:15 +00:00
Ed Maste
94c0fd90f2 Whitespace cleanup, in advance of next sync with Adaptec's driver. No
functional change.
2010-04-13 00:33:07 +00:00
Rui Paulo
e6d4e3c661 Remove svn:executable prop. 2010-04-12 13:46:20 +00:00
Bernhard Schmidt
b4e52cf880 Declare all functions as static.
Approved by:	rpaulo (mentor)
MFC after:	2 weeks
2010-04-11 13:51:20 +00:00
Bernhard Schmidt
0a9125c9d6 Hook ieee80211_media_change() to ieee80211_vap_attach().
Approved by:	rpaulo (mentor)
MFC after:	2 weeks
2010-04-11 13:48:52 +00:00
Bernhard Schmidt
036be13d96 iwn5000_reset_sched() is not used; #ifdef it.
Approved by:	rpaulo (mentor)
MFC after:	2 weeks
2010-04-11 13:47:46 +00:00
Bernhard Schmidt
7cf1dd521b Add some missing protoypes.
Approved by:	rpaulo (mentor)
MFC after:	2 weeks
2010-04-11 13:46:42 +00:00
Jack F Vogel
3b4e5df82c The lock move in rxeof necessitated a couple
more places to do the locking, fixes a panic.
2010-04-10 19:25:55 +00:00
Bernhard Schmidt
632ee7e3a4 Add WPA-None support:
* WPA-None requires ap_scan=2:
  The major difference between ap_scan=1 (default) and 2 is, that no
  IEEE80211_IOC_SCAN* ioctls/functions are called, though, there is a
  dependency on those. For example the call to wpa_driver_bsd_scan()
  sets the interface UP, this never happens, therefore the interface
  must be marked up in wpa_driver_bsd_associate(). IEEE80211_IOC_SSID
  also is not called, which means that the SSID has not been set prior
  to the IEEE80211_MLME_ASSOC call.
* WPA-None has no support for sequence number updates, it doesn't make
  sense to check for replay violations..
* I had some crashes right after the switch to RUN state, issue is
  that sc->sc_lastrs was not yet defined.

Approved by:	rpaulo (mentor)
MFC after:	3 weeks
2010-04-10 13:54:00 +00:00
Marius Strobl
d5dba21cf6 Add sbbc(4), a driver for the BootBus controller found in Serengeti and
StarCat systems which provides time-of-day services for both as well as
console service for Serengeti, i.e. Sun Fire V1280. While the latter is
described with a device type of serial in the OFW device tree, it isn't
actually an UART. Nevertheless the console service is handled by uart(4)
as this allowed to re-use quite a bit of MD and MI code. Actually, this
idea is stolen from Linux which interfaces the sun4v hypervisor console
with the Linux counterpart of uart(4).
2010-04-10 11:52:12 +00:00
Jack F Vogel
b4ab02b842 Correct broken build. 2010-04-10 07:26:51 +00:00
Bernhard Schmidt
0c4de0fe4e iwn4965_set_txpower() uses maxpwr from EEPROM to calculate the power to
set, it make sense to actually initialize that array.  This fixes some
issues with 4965 adapters where the TX power is crucial.

This got lost somewhere while merging with the OpenBSD code.

Approved by:	rpaulo (mentor)
Obtained from:	OpenBSD
MFC after:	2 weeks
2010-04-10 07:00:26 +00:00
Bernhard Schmidt
7373959eb1 * Rename bluetooth coexistence flags, no binary change.
* Enable DC calibration and crystal calibration on Centrino Advanced-N
  6250 parts.
* Workaround for a HW bug (does not affect 4965AGN) that may sporadically
  affect latency under some rare circumstances. From a similar commit to
  iwlwifi.
* Update sensitivity settings for 5000 series to workaround a performance
  bug in the DSP (1000 is not affected so we keep the old values for 5000).
* Update sensitivity settings for 6000 series.
* Set differential gains on 6250 too (but use a 1.0 factor, not 1.5).
* Init OFDM sensitivity with min value (which depends on the chip)
  instead of hardcoding it to 90.
* Read calibration version from ROM and set IWN_GP_DRIVER_CALIB_VER6
  bit on 6x50 if version >= 6.

Approved by:	rpaulo (mentor)
Obtained from:	OpenBSD
MFC after:	2 weeks
2010-04-10 06:58:24 +00:00
Bernhard Schmidt
4e5c1ca1fc Small whitespace cleanup.
Approved by:	rpaulo (mentor)
MFC after:	2 weeks
2010-04-10 06:55:29 +00:00
Jack F Vogel
91ce5735bf A few more changes from yongari:
- code flow in handler could let interrupt be
	  reenabled when not wanted.
	- change where the RX lock is taken to improve
	  performance.
	- adapter->msix is true for MSI systems also,
	  it needs to explicitly test for 82574, good one :)
2010-04-09 23:15:37 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
d0c4515667 Add preliminary support for 8168E/8111E PCIe controller.
While I'm here simplify device description string.

Tested by:	Michael Beckmann < michael <> apfel dot de >
MFC after:	5 days
2010-04-09 22:50:28 +00:00
Jack F Vogel
99f8e467e8 DUH, must be tired, I missed the second instance...
time for the weekend :)
2010-04-09 21:18:46 +00:00
Jack F Vogel
af8a24c8d0 Thanks to Michael Tuexen for catching this, bit set that
keeps the clock from being reset when writing to EITR was
incorrect, also there is a shared code #define for it anyway.
2010-04-09 21:16:45 +00:00
Jack F Vogel
681ac9c018 Incorporate suggested improvements from yongari.
Also, from feedback, make the multiqueue code an
option (EM_MULTIQUEUE) that is off by default.
Problems have been seen with UDP when its on.
2010-04-09 18:42:15 +00:00
Rui Paulo
a1d99827dd Setup the correct RX/TX chainmask when we play with the antenna
settings.

MFC after:	1 week
Sponsored by:	iXsystems, inc
2010-04-09 13:58:54 +00:00
Rui Paulo
ddc7073258 Remove previously added if 0's.
MFC after:	1 month
2010-04-09 11:56:38 +00:00
Rui Paulo
c9cacb2d3c Fix recent breakage: wpi_newassoc() wasn't supposed to be removed and
it needs to call ieee80211_ratectl_node_init().

Submitted by:	bschmidt
MFC after:	1 month
2010-04-09 11:47:03 +00:00
Jack F Vogel
476310d371 Three changes:
- add CRC stripping to the RX side, this was handled
	  by some obscure code in rxeof previously, its easier
	  to simply have the hardware strip it now.
	- Add back an ALTQ change that slipped between the cracks
	- Add an update to the watchdog_time in the xmit code, not
	  doing this in ixgbe caused problems, think its needed here
	  as well.
2010-04-08 19:13:42 +00:00
Jack F Vogel
500e8f26d7 Important fix got clobbered in the em driver, keeping
VLAN HWFILTER from being used by default, this breaks
stacked pseudo devices, and as it turns out, also breaks
virtual machines that happen to use VLANS (didn't know that
before :). Put the fix back into the em driver, and for good
measure add the same code to the igb driver where it should
have been anyway.
2010-04-08 00:50:43 +00:00
Jung-uk Kim
004e8bae43 Allocate memory for VBE info block with malloc(9), not as static local. 2010-04-07 21:38:42 +00:00
Jung-uk Kim
3504769505 Correct beastie_saver module name. 2010-04-07 18:42:21 +00:00
Rui Paulo
52c28f2383 Remove unnecessary assignment.
Submitted by:	gavin
MFC after:	1 month
2010-04-07 17:52:32 +00:00
Rui Paulo
e313b3e882 Avoid NULL deref.
Submitted by:	gavin
MFC after:	1 month
2010-04-07 17:51:06 +00:00
Rui Paulo
4a67d9e8b1 Avoid NULL deref.
Submitted by:	gavin
MFC after:	1 month
2010-04-07 17:49:47 +00:00
Rui Paulo
a31532b4ad Remove debugging code that snuck in. 2010-04-07 17:48:13 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
07fa07514b Partial revert r204545.
Just relying on status LE ownership of status block seems to cause
poor performance. Always read current status index register first
and then check status ownership as we had before. Accessing status
index register seems to trigger immediate status update if
controller have pending status updates.

MFC after:	1 week
Reported by:	Andre Albsmeier <Andre.Albsmeier <> siemens dot com>
Tested by:	Andre Albsmeier <Andre.Albsmeier <> siemens dot com>
2010-04-07 17:12:57 +00:00
Jung-uk Kim
3cab2f6db9 Add the official FreeBSD logo image file for logo_saver. 2010-04-07 17:07:06 +00:00
Jung-uk Kim
f989dcca3e Copy Beastie image file to prepare for an official logo image. 2010-04-07 17:03:05 +00:00
Rui Paulo
b6108616ac net80211 rate control framework (net80211 ratectl).
This framework allows drivers to abstract the rate control algorithm and
just feed the framework with the usable parameters. The rate control
framework will now deal with passing the parameters to the selected
algorithm. Right now we have AMRR (the default) and RSSADAPT but there's
no way to select one with ifconfig, yet.
The objective is to have more rate control algorithms in the net80211
stack so all drivers[0] can use it. Ideally, we'll have the well-known
sample rate control algorithm in the net80211 at some point so all
drivers can use it (not just ath).

[0] all drivers that do rate control in software, that is.

Reviewed by:	bschmidt, thompsa, weyongo
MFC after:	1 months
2010-04-07 15:29:13 +00:00
David Christensen
e1188c28b3 - Fixed 5708S 2.5G support broken in last commit.
- Added some new debug helper routines to systcl.
- Fixed many of the style(9) violations that have crept into the code
  due to my use of a "smart" editor.

MFC after:	2 weeks
2010-04-06 12:44:28 +00:00
Jung-uk Kim
8c8be05f00 Merge ACPICA 20100331 (and four additional upstream patches). 2010-04-02 23:04:31 +00:00
Marius Strobl
bd7e69e4c5 With r205496 in place we should ensure that nargs and nreturns are always
set to sane values as they no longer default to 0, otherwise some OFW
implementation might copy in or out arguments not based on what the actual
function takes but what ever stack garbage nargs and nreturns supply.

Reviewed by:	nwhitehorn
2010-04-02 21:48:27 +00:00
Navdeep Parhar
489ca05be7 Increase response queue size to avoid starvation, add a counter
to track it when it does occur.
2010-04-02 17:50:52 +00:00
Fabien Thomas
1fa7f10bac - Support for uncore counting events: one fixed PMC with the uncore
domain clock, 8 programmable PMC.
- Westmere based CPU (Xeon 5600, Corei7 980X) support.
- New man pages with events list for core and uncore.
- Updated Corei7 events with Intel 253669-033US December 2009 doc.
  There is some removed events in the documentation, they have been
  kept in the code but documented in the man page as obsolete.
- Offcore response events can be setup with rsp token.

Sponsored by: NETASQ
2010-04-02 13:23:49 +00:00
Joel Dahl
d821b5aa40 Fix the gap between mute and lowest possible volume. The es1370 mixer
volumes were incorrectly calculated.

I've tested this with one of my es1370 cards and I can confirm that it
works.

PR:		98167
Submitted by:	Joseph Terner <jtsn@gmx.de>
Approved by:	kib
2010-04-01 11:30:46 +00:00
Jack F Vogel
657c04c3f8 The POLL code was missed in the queue conversion,
change the argument type to igb_rxeof() to the
correct type. Note, any users of POLLING must
be sure and set the number of queues to 1 for
things to work correctly.
2010-03-31 23:24:42 +00:00
Marius Strobl
79c7b7190f Hook the identification LEDs of igb(4), lem(4) and em(4) devices up with
led(4) so they can be lit or f.e. made blink via `echo f2 > /dev/led/em0`
for localization purposes.

Approved by:	jfv
MFC afer:	1 week (after r205869)
2010-03-31 20:43:24 +00:00
Fabien Thomas
0e03140400 If there is multiple PMCs for the same interrupt ignore new post.
This will indirectly fix a bug where the thread will be pinned
forever if the assert is not compiled.

MFC after: 3days
2010-03-31 20:00:44 +00:00
Jack F Vogel
772aec19a1 Fix poll handler declaration. 2010-03-31 16:42:22 +00:00
Alexander Motin
9b07950346 Include opt_ata.h, as some structures here depending on ATA_CAM option.
This fixes ATA_CAM with atamvsata and probably some other drivers.
2010-03-31 07:20:10 +00:00
Navdeep Parhar
97ae3bc359 Multiple fixes related to queue set sizing and resources:
- Only the tunnelq (TXQ_ETH) requires a buf_ring, an ifq, and the watchdog/timer
  callouts.  Do not allocate these for the other tx queues.

- Use 16k jumbo clusters only on offload capable cards by default.

- Do not allocate a full tx ring for the offload queue if the card is not
  offload capable.

- Slightly better freelist size calculation.

- Fix nmbjumbo4 typo, remove unneeded global variables.

MFC after:	3 days
2010-03-31 00:27:49 +00:00
Navdeep Parhar
d228596091 Fix signed/unsigned mix-up that allowed txq->in_use to grow beyond txq->size. 2010-03-31 00:26:35 +00:00
Navdeep Parhar
92f61ecb4b Fix tx drop statistics.
MFC after:	3 days
2010-03-31 00:26:02 +00:00
Navdeep Parhar
63122c7e1d Fix build with "nooptions INET"
Requested by:	bz
MFC after:	3 days
2010-03-31 00:24:44 +00:00
Navdeep Parhar
1d609d51f0 Do not attempt to retrieve interrupt information before it is available.
MFC after:	3 days
2010-03-31 00:22:58 +00:00
Navdeep Parhar
83179d3907 Improved PHY EDC settings.
MFC after:	3 days
2010-03-31 00:21:56 +00:00
Navdeep Parhar
a9da6d239c Refresh the firmware version immediately after it is upgraded (or downgraded).
MFC after:	3 days
2010-03-31 00:19:39 +00:00
Matt Jacob
f0b41ca4fc nit: xpt_bus_deregister has to be called with the sim lock held.
MFC after:	1 month
2010-03-30 20:39:57 +00:00
Jack F Vogel
1eadf156c2 fix my clobber of the copyright date :) 2010-03-30 19:54:29 +00:00
Jack F Vogel
9de5aff5b4 Thanks to Michael Tuexen for adding SCTP support for 82599,
also for finding a one character bug that kept TSO from working.

Sometimes with direct attach cables a failure can occur in init,
the old method of calling detach was broken, there is no way to
return an error to the system from init, so I have changed it to
return failure thru the ioctl.

And, have fixed the ALTQ code changes of Max Laier, sorry Max :)
2010-03-30 19:09:18 +00:00
Jack F Vogel
eaa9db2bb6 Fix lint build problem. 2010-03-30 17:05:24 +00:00
Jack F Vogel
8ec87fc514 Update to igb and em:
em revision 7.0.0:
	- Using driver devclass, seperate legacy (pre-pcie) code
	  into a seperate source file. This will at least help
	  protect against regression issues. It compiles along
	  with em, and is transparent to end use, devices in each
	  appear to be 'emX'. When using em in a modular form this
	  also allows the legacy stuff to be defined out.
	- Add tx and rx rings as in igb, in the 82574 this becomes
	  actual multiqueue for the first time (2 queues) while in
	  other PCIE adapters its just make code cleaner.
	- Add RX mbuf handling logic that matches igb, this will
	  eliminate packet drops due to temporary mbuf shortage.

igb revision 1.9.3:
	- Following the ixgbe code, use a new approach in what
	  was called 'get_buf', the routine now has been made
	  independent of rxeof, it now does the update to the
	  engine TDT register, this design allows temporary
	  mbuf resources to become non-critical, not requiring
	  a packet to be discarded, instead it just returns and
	  does not increment the tail pointer.
	- With the above change it was also unnecessary to keep
	  'spare' maps around, since we do not have the discard
	  issue.
	- Performance tweaks and improvements to the code also.

MFC in a week
2010-03-29 23:36:34 +00:00
Jung-uk Kim
4cc5f38e97 Refine r204265. We want the standard VGA palette for packed pixel mode. 2010-03-29 22:41:30 +00:00
Joel Dahl
b40d342195 Start copyright notices with /*- 2010-03-29 20:27:17 +00:00
Warner Losh
751b0fbd01 Cast the bus_size_t to a intmax_t rather than assuming type-punning to
a size_t.  Switch from %z to %j.
2010-03-29 17:26:24 +00:00
Warner Losh
68d9da9140 Cast bus_space_t to a intmax_t and use %j to print it instead of
assuming it is size_t sized and using %z.
2010-03-29 17:25:06 +00:00
Warner Losh
784ae79476 Cast a bus_size_t to a (size_t) to use %zd specifier. Not quite the
right thing to do, but it is in compat code I don't want to sort out
at the moment.
2010-03-29 17:24:23 +00:00
Andrew Thompson
b4eb1a01cf Do not sync cache for the PL2506
PR:		usb/144915
Submitted by:	Monty Hall
2010-03-28 20:09:04 +00:00
Andrew Thompson
9e5d4aec14 Do not swap Apple keys when detecting Apple-FN keyboards.
Reported by:	Steven Noonan
Submitted by:	Hans Petter Selasky
2010-03-28 20:07:08 +00:00
Andrew Thompson
79491ae837 Make sure the bsd_urb_list gets initialised and that new URB's are queued at
the end of the list.

Submitted by:	Hans Petter Selasky
2010-03-28 20:04:03 +00:00
Andrew Thompson
4a4bd31b44 Add PCI IDs for two more nForce controllers.
Submitted by:	Dmitry Luhtionov @ gmail.com
2010-03-28 20:02:50 +00:00
Andrew Thompson
208f52dae6 Add a couple of usb product IDs.
Submitted by:	Dmitry Luhtionov @ gmail.com
2010-03-28 20:02:13 +00:00
Justin T. Gibbs
3905e20898 Use standard types in preference to BSD types so that these header files
can be used in applications compiled with only POSIX types visible.

MFC after: 2 weeks
2010-03-28 00:10:09 +00:00
Alexander Motin
42d008a11c Fix lock leakage.
PR:		kern/145081
2010-03-27 15:39:19 +00:00
Jack F Vogel
c00148556a Update the driver to Intel version 2.1.6
- add some new hardware support for 82599
	- Big change to interrupt architecture, it now
	  uses a queue which contains an RX/TX pair as
	  the recipient of the interrupt. This will reduce
	  overall system interrupts/msix usage.
	- Improved RX mbuf handling: the old get_buf routine
	  is no longer synchronized with rxeof, this allows
	  the elimination of packet discards due to mbuf
	  allocation failure.
	- Much simplified and improved AIM code, it now
	  happens in the queue interrupt context and takes
	  into account both the traffic on the RX AND TX
	  side.
	- variety of small tweaks, like ring size, that have
	  been seen as performance improvements.
	- Thanks to those that provided feedback or suggested
	  changes, I hope I've caught all of them.
2010-03-27 00:21:40 +00:00
Matt Jacob
739fd8c533 D'oh- isp_handle_index' logic was reversed (not used in FreeBSD).
MFC after:	1 week
2010-03-26 20:22:18 +00:00
Matt Jacob
670508b16a Clean up some printing stuff so that we can have a bit finer control
on debug output. Add a new platform function requirement to allow
for printing based upon the ITL nexus instead of the isp unit plus
channel, target and lun. This allows some printouts and error messages
from the core code to appear in the same format as the platform's
subsystem (in FreeBSD's case, CAM path).

MFC after:	1 week
2010-03-26 15:13:31 +00:00
Fabien Thomas
662cf71968 Handling SIGPIPE will cause deadlock/crash.
Return an error immediatly in case of hard shutdown.

MFC after: 3days
2010-03-26 14:35:48 +00:00
Alexander Leidinger
2ac4d1f92f - add some usb devices (scanner, printer, usb storage)
- add quirks for the usb storage

Reviewed by:	hselasky
2010-03-26 11:02:01 +00:00
Alexander Motin
d542863e48 Use last 16 bytes of serial number in metadata instead of first ones,
same as Intel MatrixRAID does.

PR:		kern/124064
2010-03-26 10:18:19 +00:00
Jung-uk Kim
bb6ba5f6b9 Do not penalize correct or correctable VESA mode tables by calling another
VBE function.  Most problems should be corrected by the mode table sanity
check and we only need the paranoid in extremely rare cases.
2010-03-25 17:51:05 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
d2b6e9a0bc Use pci_get_max_read_req() and pci_set_max_read_req() to set maximim
read request size.
2010-03-25 17:17:35 +00:00
Jung-uk Kim
c2bce7cc39 Align memory access of 24-bit pixel renderer to word boundary. 2010-03-24 15:40:18 +00:00
Jung-uk Kim
1e161437f8 Teach VGA framebuffer about 8-bit palette format for VESA. 2010-03-24 15:37:47 +00:00
Jung-uk Kim
b266b96af9 Add my copyright here. It seems I have contributed enough code. :-) 2010-03-23 23:19:23 +00:00
Jung-uk Kim
3b56b13e8e Be extremely careful when we determine bytes per scan line information.
First, we compare mode table data against minimum value.  If the mode table
does not make sense, we set the minimum in the mode info.  When we actually
set the mode, we try VESA BIOS function and compare it against the previous
value.  If it makes more sense, update the information.
2010-03-23 23:10:17 +00:00
Jung-uk Kim
51cb3184fd Fall back to VGA palette functions if VESA function failed and DAC is still
in 6-bit mode.  Although we have to check non-VGA compatibility bit here,
it seems there are too many broken VESA BIOSes out to rely on it.
2010-03-23 22:50:22 +00:00
Jung-uk Kim
5fb3ac06b7 Map entire video memory again. This is a partial backout of r203535.
Although we do not use them all directly, it seems VGA render may access
unmapped memory region and cause kernel panic.
2010-03-23 22:35:52 +00:00
Jung-uk Kim
4d52abfb0c Separate 24-bit pixel draw from 32-bit case. Although it is slower, we do
not want to write a useless zero to inaccessible memory region.
2010-03-23 22:16:57 +00:00
Xin LI
1fc13a00e8 Add PCI ID for MCS9901's parallel port.
PR:		kern/144713
Submitted by:	gcooper
MFC after:	2 weeks
2010-03-23 20:08:18 +00:00
Nathan Whitehorn
d4bccd63a2 Do not declare the various OFW command buffers static. It does not
appear to be necessary on either sparc64 or powerpc, and is a
concurrency nightmare.

Reviewed by:	marius
2010-03-23 01:09:45 +00:00
Alexander Motin
e67afc40da - Spec tells that CCC interrupt is edge triggered. Acknowledge it as such.
- Do not try to enable CCC if it is not supported.
2010-03-21 18:18:58 +00:00
Alexander Motin
b0423064be Add some more codec IDs. 2010-03-21 15:14:21 +00:00
Alexander Motin
f81100fd11 Enable MSI by default for SiI3124. 2010-03-20 04:40:15 +00:00
Warner Losh
30e980f2d1 Add support for the Samsung S3C2xx0 family of ARM SoCs written by
Andrew Turner.  The kernel supports the LN2410SBC evaluation board,
and likely others.  These parts (or similar ones) are in some open
hardware designs for phones.

Submitted by:	Andrew Turner
2010-03-20 03:39:35 +00:00
David Christensen
c8331f5c12 - Added support for 5709S/5716S PHYs.
- Update copyright to 2010.
- Add new debug code for RV2P block.
- Improve output formatting for various debug functions.

MFC after:	2 weeks
2010-03-18 21:00:53 +00:00
David Christensen
b249ff39a4 - Added support for 5709S/5716S PHYs.
Submitted by:	pyunyh
MFC after:	2 weeks
2010-03-18 20:57:57 +00:00
Ed Schouten
ee48488f0b Remove an unneeded variable.
Reported by:	tinderbox
2010-03-18 07:35:20 +00:00
Warner Losh
c0df07cad9 Remove two instances of the evil hack to get the ifnet. mii_ifp is
set early enough that we don't need to do these hacks anymore.
2010-03-17 22:45:53 +00:00
Qing Li
86b330a5f4 Set the device capabilities to include dynamic link-state for
those modern drivers.

Reviewed by:	imp (and suggested by imp)
MFC after:	3 days
2010-03-17 22:12:12 +00:00
Andrew Gallatin
2e08479882 Fix 2 bugs in mxge_attach()
- Don't leak slice resources when mxge_alloc_rings() fails

- Start taskq threads only after we know attach will succeed.  At
  boot time, taskqueue_terminate() will loop infinately, waiting
  for the threads to exit, and hang the system.

Submitted by: Panasas
MFC After: 3 days
2010-03-17 20:13:09 +00:00
Matt Jacob
4ecb1d4aa1 Put gone device timer into a structure tag that can hold more than 32 seconds. Oops.
Untangle some of the confusion about what role means when it's in the FCPARAM/SDPARAM
or isp_fc/isp_spi structures. This fixed a problem about seeing targets appear if you've
turned off autologin and find them, or rather don't, via camcontrol rescan.

MFC after:	1 month
2010-03-17 02:48:14 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
f584dfd113 Revert r205090.
It's hard to know when the mail box register write will get flushed to
the hardware and it may take longer.

Pointed out by:	scottl
2010-03-16 17:45:16 +00:00
Attilio Rao
6eafba267e Make the code more readable and compiling on 64-bits arch different
than amd64.

Sponsored by:	Sandvine Incorporated
Submitted by:	emaste
MFC:		2 weeks
X-MFC:		r205160
2010-03-15 14:20:16 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
b45923a62d It seems PCI_OUR_REG_[1-5] registers are not mapped on PCI
configuration space on Yukon Ultra(88E8056) such that accesses to
these registers were NOPs which in turn make msk(4) instable on
this controller. Use indirect access method to access
PCI_OUR_REG_[1-5] registers. This should fix a long standing
instability bug which prevented msk(4) working on Yukon Ultra.
Special thanks to koitsu who gave me remote access to his system.

PR:	kern/114631, kern/116853
MFC after:	1 week
2010-03-14 23:23:57 +00:00
Attilio Rao
7b90e5ec95 Checkin a facility for specifying a passthrough FIB from userland.
arcconf tool by Adaptec already seems to use for identifying the
Serial Number of the devices.
Some simple things (like FIB setup and bound checks) are retrieved
from the Adaptec's driver, but this implementation is quite different
because it does use the normal buffer dmat area for loading segments
and not a special one (like the Adaptec's one does).

Sponsored by:	Sandvine Incorporated
Discussed with:	emaste, scottl
Reviewed by:	emaste, scottl
MFC:		2 weeks
2010-03-14 22:38:18 +00:00
Weongyo Jeong
2fe9b8d454 enables S/W beacon miss handler.
Reported by:	imp
2010-03-14 02:13:11 +00:00
Robert Noland
c5af82e517 Fix build after typo.
Reported by:	Sergey V. Dyatko <sergey.dyatko@gmail.com>
MFC after:	3 days
2010-03-13 18:14:51 +00:00
Robert Noland
b8da61ada5 Add support for Intel Pineview chips, aka IGD
Slightly modified version of the submitted patch.

PR:		143427
Submitted by:	Mamoru Sumida <msumida@mvc.biglobe.ne.jp>
MFC after:	3 days
2010-03-13 11:51:18 +00:00
Randall Stewart
1966e5b5a1 The proper fix for the delayed SCTP checksum is to
have the delayed function take an argument as to the offset
to the SCTP header. This allows it to work for V4 and V6.
This of course means changing all callers of the function
to either pass the header len, if they have it, or create
it (ip_hl << 2 or sizeof(ip6_hdr)).
PR:		144529
MFC after:	2 weeks
2010-03-12 22:58:52 +00:00
Robert Noland
c7bbe8bdaf Add support of Intel Pineview chips, aka IGD.
MFC after:	3 days
2010-03-12 21:34:23 +00:00
Robert Noland
9ccf1d6a0b Add pci ids for Intel Ironlake chipsets.
These behave just like g45 for agp.

Tested by:	Torfinn Ingolfsen

MFC after:	3 days
2010-03-12 19:43:39 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
388214e4f2 Implement Rx checksum offloading for Yukon EC, Yukon Ultra,
Yukon FE and Yukon Ultra2. These controllers provide very simple
checksum computation mechanism and it requires additional pseudo
header checksum computation in upper stack. Even though I couldn't
see much performance difference with/without Rx checksum offloading
it may help notebook based controllers.

Actually controller can compute two checksum value by giving
different starting position of checksum computation on received
frame. However, for long time, Marvell's checksum offloading engine
have been known to have several silicon bugs so don't blindly trust
computed partial checksum value. Instead, compute partial checksum
twice by giving the same checksum computation position and compare
the result. If the value is different it's clear indication of
hardware bug. This configuration lose IP checksum offloading
capability but I think it's better to take safe route.
Note, Rx checksum offloading for Yukon XL was still disabled due to
known silicon bug.
2010-03-12 18:41:41 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
5e243d9a49 Reorder interrupt handler a bit such that producer/consumer
index of status block is read first before acknowledging the
interrupts. Otherwise bge(4) may get stale status block as
acknowledging an interrupt may yield another status block update.

Reviewed by:	marius
2010-03-12 18:18:04 +00:00
Alexander Motin
2d6d3b6d73 Mask disk_idx to avoid panic because of extra bits set.
PR:		kern/102211
Submitted by:	yoichi
2010-03-12 07:49:10 +00:00
Andrew Thompson
f03fdead6f Add device ID for the NATURAL4000 keyboard 2010-03-11 22:09:21 +00:00
Andrew Thompson
3707a5e930 - Integrate latest driver code from OpenBSD
- Drain our tasks from the ieee80211 taskqueue
- Add more IDs

Submitted by:	Akinori Furukoshi
2010-03-11 22:05:12 +00:00
Andrew Thompson
abaa9bfe96 extend search for Apple Function Key.
PR:		usb/144414
Submitted by:	Hans Petter Selasky
2010-03-11 21:57:01 +00:00
Andrew Thompson
3fed7cb2bd Add new device ID for the SMC 2514HUB
Submitted by:	Alexander Best
2010-03-11 21:55:25 +00:00
Andrew Thompson
5914c5bf3a add new vendor ID for APACER
Submitted by:	Paul B Mahol
2010-03-11 21:54:23 +00:00
Andrew Thompson
a7aca4cd92 Implement USB kernel driver detach from userland.
Submitted by:	Hans Petter Selasky
2010-03-11 21:50:36 +00:00
Andrew Thompson
3f6c7805b4 Make sure there is a way to reset the endpoint FIFO on transfer errors for
ISOCHRONOUS transfers

Submitted by:	Hans Petter Selasky
2010-03-11 21:49:43 +00:00
Andrew Thompson
6703f98c02 For USS820 driver we need to manually reset TX FIFO at each SETUP transaction
because the chip doesn't do this by itself.

Submitted by:	Hans Petter Selasky
2010-03-11 21:49:00 +00:00
Andrew Thompson
6a268418dc isochronous endpoint descriptors should have two more bytes which are zero by
default.

Submitted by:	Hans Petter Selasky
2010-03-11 21:48:10 +00:00
Andrew Thompson
3e4af77774 Add new uvisor(4) device ID.
PR:		usb/144201
2010-03-11 21:47:25 +00:00
Andrew Thompson
8366b369e4 It appears that some UVISOR devices do not handle when the clear stall command
is issued at the beginning of the initial IN/OUT data transfers.  Reason
unknown, probably firmware fault. Now the stall is only cleared on data
transfer errors.

PR:		usb/144199
Submitted by:	Hans Petter Selasky
2010-03-11 21:46:33 +00:00
Andrew Thompson
9a8e0122d2 - make the usb_temp_setup() and usb_temp_unsetup() functions public so that
other modules can generate USB descriptors.
- extend the vendor specific request function by one length pointer argument,
  because not all descriptors store the length in the first byte. For example
  HID descriptors.

Submitted by:	Hans Petter Selasky
2010-03-11 21:45:31 +00:00
Andrew Thompson
8817f29901 Use wMaxPacketSize for the uftdi input buffer size.
Submitted by:	Hans Petter Selasky
2010-03-11 21:42:09 +00:00
Andrew Thompson
ea67d33c62 Reapply r185998 which was overwritten at some point. 2010-03-11 20:41:21 +00:00
John Baldwin
5d82e6d067 Small whitespace fixes. 2010-03-11 15:25:47 +00:00
Andrew Thompson
f0c078e6e0 Wrap the proc wakeup special case for ddb in ifdef DDB.
Submitted by:	Giovanni Trematerra
2010-03-11 08:33:39 +00:00
Andrew Thompson
5bbc70dde9 Revert r204992 and just wrap it all in ifdef INVARIANTS to fix the debug and
non-debug cases.
2010-03-11 08:03:56 +00:00
Weongyo Jeong
8833bb3072 fixes a compile error if INVARIANTS is disabled.
Pointy hat to:	me
Submitted by:	Michael Butler <imb at protected-networks dot net>
2010-03-11 01:35:38 +00:00
Maxim Sobolev
503969d196 Fix style(9) bugs in the previous revision. 2010-03-10 23:02:06 +00:00
Maxim Sobolev
5d25cf29e2 further narrow down no carrier workaround, since it appears to only affect
very specific IBM hardware and other machines with the same BCM ASIC chip id
0x57081021 are just fine.

MFC after:	1 month
2010-03-10 23:00:15 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
3c7703ea8b Fix build breakage introduced in r204922. 2010-03-10 21:45:40 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
fa8b4d63db Fix typo in r204978.
Pointed out by:	marius
2010-03-10 21:37:19 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
d896b3fe8d Fix typo in r204975.
Pointed out by:	marius
2010-03-10 20:55:55 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
cbb2b2fe3e Set maximum read byte count to 2048 for PCI-X BCM5703/5704 devices.
Also disable relaxed ordering as recommended by data sheet for
PCI-X devices. For PCI-X BCM5704, set maximum outstanding split
transactions to 0 as indicated by data sheet.
For BCM5703 in PCI-X mode, DMA read watermark should be less than
or equal to maximum read byte count configuration. Enforce this
limitation in DMA read watermark configuration.
2010-03-10 20:54:08 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
fbc374af79 Enable hardware fixes for BCM5704 B0 as recommended by data sheet. 2010-03-10 20:22:57 +00:00
Jung-uk Kim
9c98a9acdd Fix white spaces. 2010-03-10 18:30:55 +00:00
Maxim Sobolev
6b07566596 Provide workaround for the ages old bug affecting certain BCM5708S
chip revision often found in the blades and resulting in interfaces
not sensing carrier signal. Looking at all problem reports it
appears that it only affects some very specific silicon revision
(ASIC (0x57081021); Rev (B2)) and version of the PHY that
supports 1000baseSX-FDX media only. Therefore, narrow the scope of
workaround to combination of that revision and media type. Given
that the first report on this issue is dated back to 2007, there is
not much hope that this issue will ever be properly resolved.

Among affected systems are IBM HS21, Intel SBXD132 and HP BL460c.

PR:		118238, 122551, 140970
MFC after:	1 month
2010-03-10 05:19:14 +00:00
Weongyo Jeong
5a646f0eca uses KOBJMETHOD_END macro to indicate the end of method table.
Submitted by:	yongari
2010-03-09 20:07:41 +00:00
Weongyo Jeong
b9b64aa5b2 o uses bus accessor macros to read values from ivar so no more values
are referenced directly from ivar pointer.  It's to do like what other
  buses do. [1]
o changes exported prototypes.  It doesn't use struct siba_* structures
  anymore that instead of it it uses only device_t.
o removes duplicate code and debug messages.
o style(9)

Pointed out by:	imp [1]
2010-03-09 19:58:00 +00:00
Navdeep Parhar
cd5c70b2ba Better TwinAx transceiver detection.
Originally submitted by: <Bruno dot Bittner at isilon dot com>
(This is a rewritten, corrected version of that patch)

MFC after:    1 week
2010-03-09 19:57:44 +00:00
Jung-uk Kim
2a18c71d03 - Allow users to enable dumping Debug objects without ACPI debugger.
Setting the new sysctl MIB "debug.acpi.enable_debug_objects" to a non-zero
value enables us to print Debug object when something is written to it.
- Allow users to disable interpreter slack mode.  Setting the new tunable
"debug.acpi.interpreter_slack" to zero disables some workarounds for common
BIOS mistakes and enables strict ACPI implementations by the specification.
2010-03-09 19:02:02 +00:00
Fabien Thomas
b44906e506 Change the way shutdown is handled for log file.
pmc_flush_logfile is now non-blocking and just ask the kernel
to shutdown the file. From that point, no more data is
accepted by the log thread and when the last buffer is flushed
the file is closed.

This will remove a deadlock between pmcstat asking for
flush while it cannot flush the pipe itself.

MFC after: 3 days
2010-03-08 19:58:00 +00:00
Joel Dahl
4260c12796 Looks like I forgot to add half of the copyright text when we switched to
our preferred license.
2010-03-08 18:51:28 +00:00
Jung-uk Kim
ca3cf4fa2c Merge ACPICA 20100304. 2010-03-05 21:39:16 +00:00
Maxim Sobolev
e9f3a15d63 Don't spam dmesg with "registered firmware ..." when module is compiled
into kernel, unless there is a verbose boot flag set.  There is no real
need to have this information printed.

MFC after:	1 week
2010-03-05 03:37:42 +00:00
Weongyo Jeong
37fb01d6c1 fixes an attached-at-boot issue that bwn(4) using device_identify
interface didn't be attached automatically at boot time so changes a
approach to attach children based on leveraging some newbus niceties.

Submitted by:	nwhitehorn
2010-03-03 20:06:09 +00:00
Alexander Motin
95dab4f2e0 Several changes to fix livelock under high load, introduced by r203489:
- change the way in which command queue overflow is handled;
- do not expose to CAM two command slots, used for driver's internal purposes;
- allow driver to use up to 1024 command slots, instead of 256 before.
2010-03-03 17:58:41 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
2c4d092861 Remove programming LED register and enable 25MHz TX clock for
88E1149 PHY. This will fix intermittent watchdog timeouts as well
as very slow network performance on 88E8072 Yukon Extreme.

PR:	kern/144148
MFC after:	1 week
2010-03-03 17:56:52 +00:00
Joel Dahl
1edcf74de7 The NetBSD Foundation has granted permission to remove clause 3 and 4 from
the software.

Obtained from:	NetBSD
2010-03-03 17:55:51 +00:00
Rui Paulo
d4aef82b99 Introduce ath_hal_setInterrupts(), a macro for ah_setInterrupts().
Pointed out by:	sam
2010-03-03 17:42:39 +00:00
Rui Paulo
3e9c59558d Replace Id keyword with FreeBSD keyword and set the svn props correctly.
No functional change.
2010-03-03 17:32:32 +00:00
George V. Neville-Neil
660df75e8b Add support for hwpmc(4) on the MIPS 24K, 32 bit, embedded processor.
Add macros for properly accessing coprocessor 0 registers that
support performance counters.

Reviewed by:	jkoshy rpaulo fabien imp
MFC after:	1 month
2010-03-03 15:05:58 +00:00
Joel Dahl
7e4b1c0608 The NetBSD Foundation has granted permission to remove clause 3 and 4 from
their software.

Obtained from:	NetBSD
2010-03-03 10:18:03 +00:00
Konstantin Belousov
7765cff706 Correct mfip module dependency on mfi. This allows mfip to be loaded as
module when mfi is a module itself.

Reviewed by:	jhb, scottl
MFC after:	1 week
2010-03-02 17:34:11 +00:00
Rui Paulo
256796db58 Couple of suggestions from Sam regarding latest commit:
o rename the new variables to comply with the naming scheme
o move the new variables to an AR5212 specific struct
o use ahp when available
o revert to previous ts_flags check
2010-03-02 12:59:42 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
c876b43f42 Remove taskqueue based interrupt handling. After r204541 msk(4)
does not generate excessive interrupts any more so we don't need
to have two copies of interrupt handler.
While I'm here remove two STAT_PUT_IDX register accesses in LE
status event handler. After r204539 msk(4) always sync status LEs
so there is no need to resort to reading STAT_PUT_IDX register to
know the end of status LE processing. Just trust status LE's
ownership bit.
2010-03-02 01:45:02 +00:00
Weongyo Jeong
ae5e95fa23 calculates the integer square root if a positive integer X is larger
than 256 instead of using sqrt_table.

Reported by:	Joe Marcus Clarke <marcus at freebsd dot org>
2010-03-01 23:51:13 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
cf570c1f34 Implement rudimentary interrupt moderation with programmable
countdown timer register. The timer resolution may vary among
controllers but the value would be represented by core clock
cycles. msk(4) will automatically computes number of required clock
cycles from given micro-seconds unit.
The default interrupt holdoff timer value is 100us which will
ensure less than 10k interrupts under load. The timer value can be
changed with dev.mskc.0.int_holdoff sysctl node.

Note, the interrupt moderation is shared resource on dual-port
controllers so you can't use separate interrupt moderation value
for each port. This means we can't stop interrupt moderation in
driver stop routine. Also have msk_tick() reclaim transmitted Tx
buffers as safety belt. With this change there is no need to check
missing Tx completion interrupt in watchdog handler, so remove it.
2010-03-01 23:39:43 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
42f3ea9fc2 Make sure to enable flow-control only if established link is
full-duplex. Previously msk(4) used to allow flow-control on
1000baseT half-duplex media. Also GMAC pause is enabled if link
partner is capable of handling it.
While I'm here use IFM_OPTIONS instead of using IFM_GMASK to check
optional flags of link.
2010-03-01 22:55:35 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
17f6f326e9 Properly sync status LEs after processing. 2010-03-01 22:43:22 +00:00
Xin LI
506b3c39b8 Add PCI ID for MCS9901.
Submitted by:	gcooper
PR:		kern/144397
MFC after:	1 month
2010-03-01 20:41:27 +00:00
Rui Paulo
9425e26b82 Properly setup the TX FIFO threshold for AR5416 based chipsets,
including the AR9285. This seems to fix some users's problems.

Submitted by:	Jorge Boncompte [DTI2] <jorge at dti2.net>
2010-03-01 17:04:19 +00:00
Joel Dahl
eac073cde2 The NetBSD Foundation has granted permission to remove clause 3 and 4 from
their software.

Obtained from:	NetBSD
2010-03-01 16:52:11 +00:00
Alexander Motin
f60d46f99a - Add ALI M5228 PATA ID.
- Add missed DMA initialization for ALI SATA chips.
2010-03-01 07:32:49 +00:00
Weongyo Jeong
8600d13245 fixes a bug to load firmware images for LP PHY. For LP PHY always,
`lp_' string is contained in its full image names.
2010-02-27 23:42:32 +00:00
Weongyo Jeong
7478ae9730 supports the adhoc demo mode that it's tested on modified aircrack-ng
suite and worked.

Submitted by:	Paul B Mahol <onemda at gmail dot com>
2010-02-27 23:04:29 +00:00
Edward Tomasz Napierala
5ed1eb2bb0 Fix panic on invalid 'mdconfig -at preload' usage.
PR:		kern/80136
2010-02-27 10:41:30 +00:00
Matt Jacob
443e752d97 Revamp the pieces of some of the stuff I forgot to do when shifting to
32 bit handles. The RIO (reduced interrupt operation) and fast posting
for the parallel SCSI cards were all 16 bit handles. Furthermore,
target mode parallel SCSI only can have 16 bit handles.

Use part of a supplied patch to switch over to using 32 bit handles.
Be a bit more conservative here and only do this for parallel SCSI
for the 12160 (Ultra3) cards. There were a lot of marginal Ultra2
cards, and, frankly, few are findable now for testing.

Fix the target handle routine to only do 16 bit handles for parallel
SCSI cards. This is okay because the upper sixteen bits of the new
32 bit handles is a sequence number to help protect against duplicate
completions. This would be very unlikely to happen with parallel
SCSI target mode, and wasn't present before, so we're no worse off
than we used to be.

While we're at it, finally split the async mailbox completion handlers
into FC and parallel SCSI functions. This makes it much cleaner and
easier to figure out what is or isn't a legal async mailbox completion
code for different card classes.

PR:		kern/144250
Submitted partially by:	Charles D
MFC after:	1 week
2010-02-27 05:41:23 +00:00
Weongyo Jeong
5fb654dcd1 don't need to check BWN_RX_PHYST0_SHORTPRMBL flag because it's already
handled in later.

Reported from:	imp, nwhitehorn
2010-02-27 02:20:38 +00:00
Matt Jacob
32b3ec7df1 Fix misallocation error in target mode.
MFC after:	1 day
2010-02-27 01:58:41 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
5b8b73f675 Add TSO support on VLANs. While I'm here remove unnecessary check
of VLAN hardware checksum offloading. vlan(4) already takes care of
this.
2010-02-26 22:46:36 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
0fe060a8f5 Add TSO support on VLANs. While I'm here remove unnecessary check
of VLAN hardware checksum offloading. vlan(4) already takes care of
this.
2010-02-26 22:43:23 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
be95548d86 Disable TSO on BCM5755M controller until I understand better for
the issue. I still have no idea why TSO does not work on this
controller. davidch@ also confirmed there is no known TSO related
issues for this controller.
2010-02-26 22:29:42 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
6401cf0ccc Add TSO support on VLANs. bce(4) controllers require VLAN hardware
tagging to make TSO work on VLANs so explicitly disable TSO on VLAN
if VLAN hardware tagging is disabled.

Reviewed by:	davidch
2010-02-26 21:26:07 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
c3b399103c Move TSO setup to new function bce_tso_setup(). Also remove VLAN
parsing code in TSO path as the controller requires VLAN hardware
tagging to make TSO work over VLANs.
While parsing the mbuf in TSO patch, always perform check for
writable mbuf as bce(4) have to reset IP length and IP checksum
field of IP header and make sure to ensure contiguous buffer before
accessing IP/TCP headers. While I'm here replace magic number 40 to
more readable sizeof(struct ip) + sizeof(struct tcphdr).

Reviewed by:	davidch
2010-02-26 21:19:46 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
80a48895fc Prefer m_collapse(9) over m_defrag(9).
Reviewed by:	davidch
2010-02-26 20:41:28 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
b2ec4a73f5 Make toggling TSO, VLAN hardware checksum offloading work. Also fix
TX/RX checksum handler to set/clear relavant assist bits which was
used to cause unexpected results.
With this change, bce(4) can be bridged with other interfaces that
lack TSO, VLAN checksum offloading.

Reviewed by:	davidch
2010-02-26 20:39:07 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
03c28f4ef5 Make sure to stop controller first before changing MTU. And if
interface is not running don't initialize controller.
While here remove unnecessary update of error variable.

Reviewed by:	davidch
2010-02-26 20:26:17 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
e89abed364 Allow disabling VLAN hardware tag stripping with software work
around. Management firmware(ASF/IPMI/UMP) requires the VLAN
hardware tag stripping so don't actually disable VLAN hardware tag
stripping. If VLAN hardware tag stripping was disabled, bce(4)
manually reconstruct VLAN frame by appending stripped VLAN tag.
Also remove unnecessary IFCAP_VLAN_MTU message.

Reviewed by:	davidch
2010-02-26 20:17:17 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
8c1643b6db Remove trailing white spaces. 2010-02-26 19:38:12 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
c72f075a24 Allocate single MSI message. msk(4) used to allocate 2 MSI messages
for controllers like 88E8053 which reports two MSI messages.
Because we don't get anything useful things with 2 MSI messages,
allocating 1 MSI message would be more sane approach.
While I'm here, enable MSI for dual-port controllers too. Because
status block is shared for dual-port controllers, I don't think
msk(4) will encounter problem for using MSI on dual-port
controllers.
2010-02-26 19:37:03 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
7420e9dc9d Don't hardcod register offset to set PCIe max read request size.
The register offset is not valid on 88E8072 controller. Also don't
blindly increase max read request size to 4096, instead, use 2048
which seems to be more sane value and only change the value if the
hardware default size(512) was used on that register.
For PCIX controllers, use system defined constant rather than using
magic value.
While I'm here stop showing negotiated link width.
2010-02-26 19:18:29 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
1b7757c024 Optimize inserting LE for TX checksum computation. Controller does
not require checksum LE configuration if checksum start and write
position is the same as before. So keep track last checksum start
and write position and insert new LE whenever the position is
changed. This reduces number of LEs used in TX path as well as
slightly enhance TX performance.
2010-02-26 18:18:02 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
4858893b6e Add TSO support on VLANs. Controller requires VLAN hardware tagging
to make TSO work over VLANs.
2010-02-26 17:33:43 +00:00
Pyun YongHyeon
d06930af52 Reuse the configured LE for VLAN if new LE was created for TSO.
Only old controllers need to create new LE for TSO. This change
makes TSO work over VLANs.
2010-02-26 17:27:16 +00:00
Alexander Motin
2dc59e87e6 Store path for rescan to the right place. This should fix panic on boot,
introduced by r203108.
2010-02-26 12:31:16 +00:00
Alexander Motin
28889a0022 Fix bug in headphones audio redirection using separate DAC. It was exposed
by removing channel duplication during multichannel audio implementation.
2010-02-26 09:31:50 +00:00
Navdeep Parhar
f9c6e16451 Support IFCAP_VLANHWTSO in cxgb(4). It works with or without vlanhwtag.
While here, remove old DPRINTFs and tidy up the capability code a bit.
2010-02-26 07:08:44 +00:00
Jung-uk Kim
4a9b63a454 Improve VESA mode switching via loader tunable `hint.sc.0.vesa_mode'.
The most notable change is history buffer is fully saved/restored now.
2010-02-24 20:13:34 +00:00
Navdeep Parhar
e83ec3e5c3 There is no need to test __FreeBSD_version for features that have
been around for a long time now (7.1-ish or even earlier); assume
they are present.  These includes MSI, TSO, LRO, VLAN, INTR_FILTERS,
FIRMWARE, etc.

Also, eliminate some dead code and clean up in other places as part
of this quick once-over.

MFC after:	1 week
2010-02-24 10:16:18 +00:00
Navdeep Parhar
be688bde90 Accessing an mbuf after it has been handed off to the hardware is a bad
race as it could already have been tx'd and freed by that time.  Place
the bpf tap just _before_ writing the gen bit.

This fixes a panic when running tcpdump on a cxgb interface.
2010-02-24 01:44:39 +00:00
Jung-uk Kim
8d521790d0 Yet another attempt to make palette loading more safer:
- Add a separate palette data for 8-bit DAC mode when SC_PIXEL_MODE is set
and fill it up with default gray-scale palette data for text.  Now we don't
have to set `hint.sc.0.vesa_mode' to get the default palette data.
- Add a new adapter flag, V_ADP_DAC8 to track whether the controller is
using 8-bit palette format and load correct palette when switching modes.
- Set 8-bit DAC mode only for non-VGA compatible graphics mode.
2010-02-23 21:51:14 +00:00
Ed Maste
dbfc596084 Minor diff reduction with Adaptec's driver: in aac_release_command() set
cm_queue to AAC_ADAP_NORM_CMD_QUEUE by default.  In every place it was set,
it was set to AAC_ADAP_NORM_CMD_QUEUE anyhow.
2010-02-23 21:41:13 +00:00
Weongyo Jeong
d2ee7771f1 o adds sysctl variables to show device statistics.
o records RTS success/fail statistics.

Pointed by:	imp
2010-02-23 19:55:54 +00:00
Weongyo Jeong
e355ad550c fixes a compile error; invalid type argument of '->'. 2010-02-23 19:44:51 +00:00
Alexander Motin
5261b668c1 Fix recursive lock attempt on hot-plug event in non-ATA_CAM mode. 2010-02-23 16:39:53 +00:00
Ivan Voras
b8bba24e06 The New and Improved snake_server - Service Pack 1: now even more
sensitive to load average variations!
2010-02-23 15:27:07 +00:00
Ivan Voras
c0414ca779 Upgrade the "snake" syscons screensaver to the new, multimedia version!
Now, with color! And system load averages!

Amused by it:	gnn
2010-02-23 15:12:41 +00:00